<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Anisterra</id>
	<title>Sugar Labs - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Anisterra"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Special:Contributions/Anisterra"/>
	<updated>2026-04-11T10:22:19Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67667</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67667"/>
		<updated>2011-08-02T07:39:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* Multiplicaciónn */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La Actividad Abacus refiere al [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco], y nos permite observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. La Actividad trae variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el ábaco tradicional japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], el ábaco tradicional ruso con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para facilitar el denominador 4 en números mixtos; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco tradicional maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). La Actividad Abacus incorpora también un ábaco binario (tradicional base 2), un ábaco hexadecimal (base 16) y tres ábacos que incluyen quebrados comunes: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12, Fracciones, Caacupé y Cuisinaire. Desde la versión 9 Abacus incluye una barra de herramientas desde donde podemos diseñar el ábaco que quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (Base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (Base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12 positivas y negativas)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|cuisenaire (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12  estilo medidor cocina)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom (Octal, base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de actividad (etiquetar, compartir, guardar)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización &lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar -no se muestra en la figura-.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los ábacos adicionales:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón soroban (Ábaco japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón schety (Ábaco ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón nepohualtzintzin (Ábaco maya)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón binario (Ábaco binario)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón hexadecimal (Ábaco  hexadecimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón fracción (Ábaco fracciones)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Caacupe (Ábaco fracciones negativas y positivas)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Rodajas (Ábaco estilo cuisenaire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los parámetros de customización:&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de hileras&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco superior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco inferior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el factor de multiplicación para las hileras superiores (ejemplo, en el ábaco Chino, cada cuenta superior cuenta ×5 el valor de una cuenta inferior de su misma hilera)&lt;br /&gt;
* elige la base que determina el factor de multiplicación entre las hileras verticales de derecha a izquierda; este es 10 en los ábacos más convencionales (decimales),20 en el ábaco maya, 16 en el hexadecimal y 2 en el binario&lt;br /&gt;
* botón crear ábaco nuevo (debe presionarse para activar la selección creada)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Cómo usar un ábaco =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setear el ábaco al inicio===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una operación aritmética es necesario &amp;quot;limpiar&amp;quot; el ábaco. Luego se colocan las cuentas superiores se colocan hacia arriba y inferiores hacia abajo. Esta es la posición por defecto del ábaco al iniciar la actividad. Tenga en cuenta que algunos ábacos (por ejemplo, el schety ruso) no tienen cuentas superiores. En estos casos, todas las cuentas comienzan abajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== La lectura de ábacos === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En ábacos tipo Suanpan con factor ×5 de abajo hacia arriba, las cuentas inferiores representan 1s y las superiores representan 5s. En la primer hilera cada cuenta inferior que sube suma 1, mientras cada cuenta superior que baja suma 5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En los ábacos decimales, las posiciones de las hileras de derecha a izquierda representan las posiciones decimales enteras 1s, 10s, 100, 1000, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Trabajando en otras bases como con (1) Nepohualtzintzin, que utiliza la base 20, las hileras de derecha a izquierda son potencias de 20 y sus cuentas valen 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco de Schety, (2) las cuentas a la derecha de la hilera distinta, de sólo 4 cuentas, valen décimos, centésimos, milésimos y diezmilésimos; mientras las de la izquierda son las decenas, centenas y demás posiciones decimales enteras.&lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco Caacupé las cuentas en negro son fracciones de unidad y todas las cuentas pueden subir o bajar representando valores positivos y negativos. &lt;br /&gt;
El ábaco personalizado permite elegir la base y la disposición de las cuentas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En el centro del marco siempre se desplega en números y sistema decimal el valor actual de las cuentas. Experimentando se aprende rapidamente a escribir y leer los números sobre los ábacos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejemplos:&#039;&#039;&#039; En la galería a continuación, se muestran varios ejemplos sencillos. En la colección de imágenes de arriba, el número 54321 se muestra en cada uno de los diferentes ábacos .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png | 1 cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a una unidad.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png | 1 cuenta superior baja, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png | 1 cuenta superior baja y una cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a 6 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben y una superior baja, corresponde a 10 unidades (es la hora de &amp;quot;llevarse una&amp;quot; a la izquierda).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen siguiente.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen anterior.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png | 54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nota:&#039;&#039;&#039; La pantalla siempre espera &amp;quot;fixed unit column&amp;quot;, pero se puede reemplazar esta opción.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png | Las cuentas resaltadas son las últimas que se movieron.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sumando ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para sumar, simplemente agregamos cuentas para representar el número que se suma. Hay dos reglas a seguir: (1) cada vez que hay 5 unidades subidas en la parte inferior deben cancelarse bajando una cuenta de la parte superior y volviendo las inferiores a su lugar; y (2) cada vez que haya 10 unidades en una columna deben cancelarse agregando una unidad a la columna inmediatamente a la izquierda.  ( En el Nepohualtzintzin, se cancelan 20 unidades con 1 de la columna izquierda )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejemplo:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Restando ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Restar es lo opuesto de sumar. Se quitarán las cuentas que representen al número que se quiere restar. Se puede &amp;quot;pedir&amp;quot; unidades de la columna inmediatamente a la izquierda: disminuyendola en una cuentay agregando 10 cuentas a la columna donde estamos trabajando.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejemplo:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|llevo 10 a la derecha&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplicación ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== División ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67666</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67666"/>
		<updated>2011-08-02T07:39:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La Actividad Abacus refiere al [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco], y nos permite observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. La Actividad trae variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el ábaco tradicional japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], el ábaco tradicional ruso con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para facilitar el denominador 4 en números mixtos; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco tradicional maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). La Actividad Abacus incorpora también un ábaco binario (tradicional base 2), un ábaco hexadecimal (base 16) y tres ábacos que incluyen quebrados comunes: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12, Fracciones, Caacupé y Cuisinaire. Desde la versión 9 Abacus incluye una barra de herramientas desde donde podemos diseñar el ábaco que quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (Base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (Base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12 positivas y negativas)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|cuisenaire (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12  estilo medidor cocina)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom (Octal, base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de actividad (etiquetar, compartir, guardar)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización &lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar -no se muestra en la figura-.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los ábacos adicionales:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón soroban (Ábaco japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón schety (Ábaco ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón nepohualtzintzin (Ábaco maya)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón binario (Ábaco binario)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón hexadecimal (Ábaco  hexadecimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón fracción (Ábaco fracciones)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Caacupe (Ábaco fracciones negativas y positivas)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Rodajas (Ábaco estilo cuisenaire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los parámetros de customización:&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de hileras&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco superior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco inferior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el factor de multiplicación para las hileras superiores (ejemplo, en el ábaco Chino, cada cuenta superior cuenta ×5 el valor de una cuenta inferior de su misma hilera)&lt;br /&gt;
* elige la base que determina el factor de multiplicación entre las hileras verticales de derecha a izquierda; este es 10 en los ábacos más convencionales (decimales),20 en el ábaco maya, 16 en el hexadecimal y 2 en el binario&lt;br /&gt;
* botón crear ábaco nuevo (debe presionarse para activar la selección creada)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Cómo usar un ábaco =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setear el ábaco al inicio===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una operación aritmética es necesario &amp;quot;limpiar&amp;quot; el ábaco. Luego se colocan las cuentas superiores se colocan hacia arriba y inferiores hacia abajo. Esta es la posición por defecto del ábaco al iniciar la actividad. Tenga en cuenta que algunos ábacos (por ejemplo, el schety ruso) no tienen cuentas superiores. En estos casos, todas las cuentas comienzan abajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== La lectura de ábacos === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En ábacos tipo Suanpan con factor ×5 de abajo hacia arriba, las cuentas inferiores representan 1s y las superiores representan 5s. En la primer hilera cada cuenta inferior que sube suma 1, mientras cada cuenta superior que baja suma 5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En los ábacos decimales, las posiciones de las hileras de derecha a izquierda representan las posiciones decimales enteras 1s, 10s, 100, 1000, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Trabajando en otras bases como con (1) Nepohualtzintzin, que utiliza la base 20, las hileras de derecha a izquierda son potencias de 20 y sus cuentas valen 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco de Schety, (2) las cuentas a la derecha de la hilera distinta, de sólo 4 cuentas, valen décimos, centésimos, milésimos y diezmilésimos; mientras las de la izquierda son las decenas, centenas y demás posiciones decimales enteras.&lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco Caacupé las cuentas en negro son fracciones de unidad y todas las cuentas pueden subir o bajar representando valores positivos y negativos. &lt;br /&gt;
El ábaco personalizado permite elegir la base y la disposición de las cuentas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En el centro del marco siempre se desplega en números y sistema decimal el valor actual de las cuentas. Experimentando se aprende rapidamente a escribir y leer los números sobre los ábacos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejemplos:&#039;&#039;&#039; En la galería a continuación, se muestran varios ejemplos sencillos. En la colección de imágenes de arriba, el número 54321 se muestra en cada uno de los diferentes ábacos .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png | 1 cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a una unidad.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png | 1 cuenta superior baja, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png | 1 cuenta superior baja y una cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a 6 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben y una superior baja, corresponde a 10 unidades (es la hora de &amp;quot;llevarse una&amp;quot; a la izquierda).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen siguiente.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen anterior.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png | 54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nota:&#039;&#039;&#039; La pantalla siempre espera &amp;quot;fixed unit column&amp;quot;, pero se puede reemplazar esta opción.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png | Las cuentas resaltadas son las últimas que se movieron.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sumando ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para sumar, simplemente agregamos cuentas para representar el número que se suma. Hay dos reglas a seguir: (1) cada vez que hay 5 unidades subidas en la parte inferior deben cancelarse bajando una cuenta de la parte superior y volviendo las inferiores a su lugar; y (2) cada vez que haya 10 unidades en una columna deben cancelarse agregando una unidad a la columna inmediatamente a la izquierda.  ( En el Nepohualtzintzin, se cancelan 20 unidades con 1 de la columna izquierda )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejemplo:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Restando ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Restar es lo opuesto de sumar. Se quitarán las cuentas que representen al número que se quiere restar. Se puede &amp;quot;pedir&amp;quot; unidades de la columna inmediatamente a la izquierda: disminuyendola en una cuentay agregando 10 cuentas a la columna donde estamos trabajando.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejemplo:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|llevo 10 a la derecha&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplicaciónn ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== División ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67665</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67665"/>
		<updated>2011-08-02T07:33:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* Sumando */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La Actividad Abacus refiere al [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco], y nos permite observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. La Actividad trae variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el ábaco tradicional japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], el ábaco tradicional ruso con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para facilitar el denominador 4 en números mixtos; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco tradicional maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). La Actividad Abacus incorpora también un ábaco binario (tradicional base 2), un ábaco hexadecimal (base 16) y tres ábacos que incluyen quebrados comunes: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12, Fracciones, Caacupé y Cuisinaire. Desde la versión 9 Abacus incluye una barra de herramientas desde donde podemos diseñar el ábaco que quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (Base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (Base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12 positivas y negativas)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|cuisenaire (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12  estilo medidor cocina)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom (Octal, base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de actividad (etiquetar, compartir, guardar)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización &lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar -no se muestra en la figura-.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los ábacos adicionales:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón soroban (Ábaco japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón schety (Ábaco ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón nepohualtzintzin (Ábaco maya)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón binario (Ábaco binario)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón hexadecimal (Ábaco  hexadecimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón fracción (Ábaco fracciones)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Caacupe (Ábaco fracciones negativas y positivas)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Rodajas (Ábaco estilo cuisenaire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los parámetros de customización:&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de hileras&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco superior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco inferior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el factor de multiplicación para las hileras superiores (ejemplo, en el ábaco Chino, cada cuenta superior cuenta ×5 el valor de una cuenta inferior de su misma hilera)&lt;br /&gt;
* elige la base que determina el factor de multiplicación entre las hileras verticales de derecha a izquierda; este es 10 en los ábacos más convencionales (decimales),20 en el ábaco maya, 16 en el hexadecimal y 2 en el binario&lt;br /&gt;
* botón crear ábaco nuevo (debe presionarse para activar la selección creada)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Cómo usar un ábaco =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setear el ábaco al inicio===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una operación aritmética es necesario &amp;quot;limpiar&amp;quot; el ábaco. Luego se colocan las cuentas superiores se colocan hacia arriba y inferiores hacia abajo. Esta es la posición por defecto del ábaco al iniciar la actividad. Tenga en cuenta que algunos ábacos (por ejemplo, el schety ruso) no tienen cuentas superiores. En estos casos, todas las cuentas comienzan abajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== La lectura de ábacos === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En ábacos tipo Suanpan con factor ×5 de abajo hacia arriba, las cuentas inferiores representan 1s y las superiores representan 5s. En la primer hilera cada cuenta inferior que sube suma 1, mientras cada cuenta superior que baja suma 5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En los ábacos decimales, las posiciones de las hileras de derecha a izquierda representan las posiciones decimales enteras 1s, 10s, 100, 1000, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Trabajando en otras bases como con (1) Nepohualtzintzin, que utiliza la base 20, las hileras de derecha a izquierda son potencias de 20 y sus cuentas valen 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco de Schety, (2) las cuentas a la derecha de la hilera distinta, de sólo 4 cuentas, valen décimos, centésimos, milésimos y diezmilésimos; mientras las de la izquierda son las decenas, centenas y demás posiciones decimales enteras.&lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco Caacupé las cuentas en negro son fracciones de unidad y todas las cuentas pueden subir o bajar representando valores positivos y negativos. &lt;br /&gt;
El ábaco personalizado permite elegir la base y la disposición de las cuentas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En el centro del marco siempre se desplega en números y sistema decimal el valor actual de las cuentas. Experimentando se aprende rapidamente a escribir y leer los números sobre los ábacos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejemplos:&#039;&#039;&#039; En la galería a continuación, se muestran varios ejemplos sencillos. En la colección de imágenes de arriba, el número 54321 se muestra en cada uno de los diferentes ábacos .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png | 1 cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a una unidad.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png | 1 cuenta superior baja, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png | 1 cuenta superior baja y una cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a 6 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben y una superior baja, corresponde a 10 unidades (es la hora de &amp;quot;llevarse una&amp;quot; a la izquierda).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen siguiente.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen anterior.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png | 54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nota:&#039;&#039;&#039; La pantalla siempre espera &amp;quot;fixed unit column&amp;quot;, pero se puede reemplazar esta opción.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png | Las cuentas resaltadas son las últimas que se movieron.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sumando ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para sumar, simplemente agregamos cuentas para representar el número que se suma. Hay dos reglas a seguir: (1) cada vez que hay 5 unidades subidas en la parte inferior deben cancelarse bajando una cuenta de la parte superior y volviendo las inferiores a su lugar; y (2) cada vez que haya 10 unidades en una columna deben cancelarse agregando una unidad a la columna inmediatamente a la izquierda.  ( En el Nepohualtzintzin, se cancelan 20 unidades con 1 de la columna izquierda )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejemplo:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67664</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67664"/>
		<updated>2011-08-02T07:32:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* Addition */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La Actividad Abacus refiere al [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco], y nos permite observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. La Actividad trae variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el ábaco tradicional japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], el ábaco tradicional ruso con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para facilitar el denominador 4 en números mixtos; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco tradicional maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). La Actividad Abacus incorpora también un ábaco binario (tradicional base 2), un ábaco hexadecimal (base 16) y tres ábacos que incluyen quebrados comunes: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12, Fracciones, Caacupé y Cuisinaire. Desde la versión 9 Abacus incluye una barra de herramientas desde donde podemos diseñar el ábaco que quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (Base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (Base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12 positivas y negativas)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|cuisenaire (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12  estilo medidor cocina)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom (Octal, base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de actividad (etiquetar, compartir, guardar)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización &lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar -no se muestra en la figura-.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los ábacos adicionales:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón soroban (Ábaco japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón schety (Ábaco ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón nepohualtzintzin (Ábaco maya)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón binario (Ábaco binario)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón hexadecimal (Ábaco  hexadecimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón fracción (Ábaco fracciones)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Caacupe (Ábaco fracciones negativas y positivas)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Rodajas (Ábaco estilo cuisenaire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los parámetros de customización:&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de hileras&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco superior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco inferior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el factor de multiplicación para las hileras superiores (ejemplo, en el ábaco Chino, cada cuenta superior cuenta ×5 el valor de una cuenta inferior de su misma hilera)&lt;br /&gt;
* elige la base que determina el factor de multiplicación entre las hileras verticales de derecha a izquierda; este es 10 en los ábacos más convencionales (decimales),20 en el ábaco maya, 16 en el hexadecimal y 2 en el binario&lt;br /&gt;
* botón crear ábaco nuevo (debe presionarse para activar la selección creada)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Cómo usar un ábaco =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setear el ábaco al inicio===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una operación aritmética es necesario &amp;quot;limpiar&amp;quot; el ábaco. Luego se colocan las cuentas superiores se colocan hacia arriba y inferiores hacia abajo. Esta es la posición por defecto del ábaco al iniciar la actividad. Tenga en cuenta que algunos ábacos (por ejemplo, el schety ruso) no tienen cuentas superiores. En estos casos, todas las cuentas comienzan abajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== La lectura de ábacos === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En ábacos tipo Suanpan con factor ×5 de abajo hacia arriba, las cuentas inferiores representan 1s y las superiores representan 5s. En la primer hilera cada cuenta inferior que sube suma 1, mientras cada cuenta superior que baja suma 5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En los ábacos decimales, las posiciones de las hileras de derecha a izquierda representan las posiciones decimales enteras 1s, 10s, 100, 1000, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Trabajando en otras bases como con (1) Nepohualtzintzin, que utiliza la base 20, las hileras de derecha a izquierda son potencias de 20 y sus cuentas valen 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco de Schety, (2) las cuentas a la derecha de la hilera distinta, de sólo 4 cuentas, valen décimos, centésimos, milésimos y diezmilésimos; mientras las de la izquierda son las decenas, centenas y demás posiciones decimales enteras.&lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco Caacupé las cuentas en negro son fracciones de unidad y todas las cuentas pueden subir o bajar representando valores positivos y negativos. &lt;br /&gt;
El ábaco personalizado permite elegir la base y la disposición de las cuentas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En el centro del marco siempre se desplega en números y sistema decimal el valor actual de las cuentas. Experimentando se aprende rapidamente a escribir y leer los números sobre los ábacos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejemplos:&#039;&#039;&#039; En la galería a continuación, se muestran varios ejemplos sencillos. En la colección de imágenes de arriba, el número 54321 se muestra en cada uno de los diferentes ábacos .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png | 1 cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a una unidad.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png | 1 cuenta superior baja, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png | 1 cuenta superior baja y una cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a 6 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben y una superior baja, corresponde a 10 unidades (es la hora de &amp;quot;llevarse una&amp;quot; a la izquierda).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen siguiente.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen anterior.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png | 54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nota:&#039;&#039;&#039; La pantalla siempre espera &amp;quot;fixed unit column&amp;quot;, pero se puede reemplazar esta opción.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png | Las cuentas resaltadas son las últimas que se movieron.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sumando ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para sumar, simplemente agregamos cuentas para representar el número que se suma. Hay dos reglas a seguir: (1) cada vez que hay 5 unidades subidas en la parte inferior deben cancelarse bajando una cuenta de la parte superior y volviendo las inferiores a su lugar; y (2) cada vez que haya 10 unidades en una columna deben cancelarse agregando una unidad a la columna inmediatamente a la izquierda.  ( En el Nepohualtzintzin, se cancelan 20 unidades con 1 de la columna izquierda )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejempño:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67663</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67663"/>
		<updated>2011-08-02T07:25:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La Actividad Abacus refiere al [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco], y nos permite observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. La Actividad trae variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el ábaco tradicional japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], el ábaco tradicional ruso con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para facilitar el denominador 4 en números mixtos; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco tradicional maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). La Actividad Abacus incorpora también un ábaco binario (tradicional base 2), un ábaco hexadecimal (base 16) y tres ábacos que incluyen quebrados comunes: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12, Fracciones, Caacupé y Cuisinaire. Desde la versión 9 Abacus incluye una barra de herramientas desde donde podemos diseñar el ábaco que quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (Base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (Base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12 positivas y negativas)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|cuisenaire (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12  estilo medidor cocina)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom (Octal, base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de actividad (etiquetar, compartir, guardar)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización &lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar -no se muestra en la figura-.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los ábacos adicionales:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón soroban (Ábaco japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón schety (Ábaco ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón nepohualtzintzin (Ábaco maya)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón binario (Ábaco binario)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón hexadecimal (Ábaco  hexadecimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón fracción (Ábaco fracciones)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Caacupe (Ábaco fracciones negativas y positivas)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Rodajas (Ábaco estilo cuisenaire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los parámetros de customización:&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de hileras&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco superior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco inferior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el factor de multiplicación para las hileras superiores (ejemplo, en el ábaco Chino, cada cuenta superior cuenta ×5 el valor de una cuenta inferior de su misma hilera)&lt;br /&gt;
* elige la base que determina el factor de multiplicación entre las hileras verticales de derecha a izquierda; este es 10 en los ábacos más convencionales (decimales),20 en el ábaco maya, 16 en el hexadecimal y 2 en el binario&lt;br /&gt;
* botón crear ábaco nuevo (debe presionarse para activar la selección creada)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Cómo usar un ábaco =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setear el ábaco al inicio===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una operación aritmética es necesario &amp;quot;limpiar&amp;quot; el ábaco. Luego se colocan las cuentas superiores se colocan hacia arriba y inferiores hacia abajo. Esta es la posición por defecto del ábaco al iniciar la actividad. Tenga en cuenta que algunos ábacos (por ejemplo, el schety ruso) no tienen cuentas superiores. En estos casos, todas las cuentas comienzan abajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== La lectura de ábacos === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En ábacos tipo Suanpan con factor ×5 de abajo hacia arriba, las cuentas inferiores representan 1s y las superiores representan 5s. En la primer hilera cada cuenta inferior que sube suma 1, mientras cada cuenta superior que baja suma 5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En los ábacos decimales, las posiciones de las hileras de derecha a izquierda representan las posiciones decimales enteras 1s, 10s, 100, 1000, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Trabajando en otras bases como con (1) Nepohualtzintzin, que utiliza la base 20, las hileras de derecha a izquierda son potencias de 20 y sus cuentas valen 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco de Schety, (2) las cuentas a la derecha de la hilera distinta, de sólo 4 cuentas, valen décimos, centésimos, milésimos y diezmilésimos; mientras las de la izquierda son las decenas, centenas y demás posiciones decimales enteras.&lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco Caacupé las cuentas en negro son fracciones de unidad y todas las cuentas pueden subir o bajar representando valores positivos y negativos. &lt;br /&gt;
El ábaco personalizado permite elegir la base y la disposición de las cuentas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En el centro del marco siempre se desplega en números y sistema decimal el valor actual de las cuentas. Experimentando se aprende rapidamente a escribir y leer los números sobre los ábacos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejemplos:&#039;&#039;&#039; En la galería a continuación, se muestran varios ejemplos sencillos. En la colección de imágenes de arriba, el número 54321 se muestra en cada uno de los diferentes ábacos .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png | 1 cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a una unidad.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png | 1 cuenta superior baja, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png | 1 cuenta superior baja y una cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a 6 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben y una superior baja, corresponde a 10 unidades (es la hora de &amp;quot;llevarse una&amp;quot; a la izquierda).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen siguiente.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen anterior.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png | 54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nota:&#039;&#039;&#039; La pantalla siempre espera &amp;quot;fixed unit column&amp;quot;, pero se puede reemplazar esta opción.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png | Las cuentas resaltadas son las últimas que se movieron.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67662</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67662"/>
		<updated>2011-08-02T07:06:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* La lectura de ábacos */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La Actividad Abacus refiere al [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco], y nos permite observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. La Actividad trae variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el ábaco tradicional japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], el ábaco tradicional ruso con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para facilitar el denominador 4 en números mixtos; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco tradicional maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). La Actividad Abacus incorpora también un ábaco binario (tradicional base 2), un ábaco hexadecimal (base 16) y tres ábacos que incluyen quebrados comunes: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12, Fracciones, Caacupé y Cuisinaire. Desde la versión 9 Abacus incluye una barra de herramientas desde donde podemos diseñar el ábaco que quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (Base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (Base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12 positivas y negativas)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|cuisenaire (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12  estilo medidor cocina)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom (Octal, base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de actividad (etiquetar, compartir, guardar)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización &lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar -no se muestra en la figura-.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los ábacos adicionales:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón soroban (Ábaco japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón schety (Ábaco ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón nepohualtzintzin (Ábaco maya)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón binario (Ábaco binario)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón hexadecimal (Ábaco  hexadecimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón fracción (Ábaco fracciones)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Caacupe (Ábaco fracciones negativas y positivas)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Rodajas (Ábaco estilo cuisenaire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los parámetros de customización:&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de hileras&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco superior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco inferior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el factor de multiplicación para las hileras superiores (ejemplo, en el ábaco Chino, cada cuenta superior cuenta ×5 el valor de una cuenta inferior de su misma hilera)&lt;br /&gt;
* elige la base que determina el factor de multiplicación entre las hileras verticales de derecha a izquierda; este es 10 en los ábacos más convencionales (decimales),20 en el ábaco maya, 16 en el hexadecimal y 2 en el binario&lt;br /&gt;
* botón crear ábaco nuevo (debe presionarse para activar la selección creada)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Cómo usar un ábaco =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setear el ábaco al inicio===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una operación aritmética es necesario &amp;quot;limpiar&amp;quot; el ábaco. Luego se colocan las cuentas superiores se colocan hacia arriba y inferiores hacia abajo. Esta es la posición por defecto del ábaco al iniciar la actividad. Tenga en cuenta que algunos ábacos (por ejemplo, el schety ruso) no tienen cuentas superiores. En estos casos, todas las cuentas comienzan abajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== La lectura de ábacos === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En ábacos tipo Suanpan con factor ×5 de abajo hacia arriba, las cuentas inferiores representan 1s y las superiores representan 5s. En la primer hilera cada cuenta inferior que sube suma 1, mientras cada cuenta superior que baja suma 5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En los ábacos decimales, las posiciones de las hileras de derecha a izquierda representan las posiciones decimales enteras 1s, 10s, 100, 1000, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Trabajando en otras bases como con (1) Nepohualtzintzin, que utiliza la base 20, las hileras de derecha a izquierda son potencias de 20 y sus cuentas valen 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco de Schety, (2) las cuentas a la derecha de la hilera distinta, de sólo 4 cuentas, valen décimos, centésimos, milésimos y diezmilésimos; mientras las de la izquierda son las decenas, centenas y demás posiciones decimales enteras.&lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco Caacupé las cuentas en negro son fracciones de unidad y todas las cuentas pueden subir o bajar representando valores positivos y negativos. &lt;br /&gt;
El ábaco personalizado permite elegir la base y la disposición de las cuentas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En el centro del marco siempre se desplega en números y sistema decimal el valor actual de las cuentas. Experimentando se aprende rapidamente a escribir y leer los números sobre los ábacos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ejemplos:&#039;&#039;&#039; En la galería a continuación, se muestran varios ejemplos sencillos. En la colección de imágenes de arriba, el número 54321 se muestra en cada uno de los diferentes ábacos .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png | 1 cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a una unidad.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png | 1 cuenta superior baja, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben, corresponde a 5 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png | 1 cuenta superior baja y una cuenta inferior sube, corresponde a 6 unidades.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png | 5 cuentas de abajo suben y una superior baja, corresponde a 10 unidades (es la hora de &amp;quot;llevarse una&amp;quot; a la izquierda).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen siguiente.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png | Este 10 es equivalente al de la imagen anterior.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png | 54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nota:&#039;&#039;&#039; La pantalla siempre espera &amp;quot;fixed unit column&amp;quot;, pero se puede reemplazar esta opción.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png | Las cuentas resaltadas son las últimas que se movieron.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67661</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67661"/>
		<updated>2011-08-02T06:42:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* Acerca de los Ábacos */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La Actividad Abacus refiere al [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco], y nos permite observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. La Actividad trae variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el ábaco tradicional japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], el ábaco tradicional ruso con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para facilitar el denominador 4 en números mixtos; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco tradicional maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). La Actividad Abacus incorpora también un ábaco binario (tradicional base 2), un ábaco hexadecimal (base 16) y tres ábacos que incluyen quebrados comunes: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12, Fracciones, Caacupé y Cuisinaire. Desde la versión 9 Abacus incluye una barra de herramientas desde donde podemos diseñar el ábaco que quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (Base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (Base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12 positivas y negativas)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|cuisenaire (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12  estilo medidor cocina)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom (Octal, base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de actividad (etiquetar, compartir, guardar)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización &lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar -no se muestra en la figura-.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los ábacos adicionales:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón soroban (Ábaco japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón schety (Ábaco ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón nepohualtzintzin (Ábaco maya)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón binario (Ábaco binario)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón hexadecimal (Ábaco  hexadecimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón fracción (Ábaco fracciones)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Caacupe (Ábaco fracciones negativas y positivas)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Rodajas (Ábaco estilo cuisenaire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los parámetros de customización:&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de hileras&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco superior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco inferior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el factor de multiplicación para las hileras superiores (ejemplo, en el ábaco Chino, cada cuenta superior cuenta ×5 el valor de una cuenta inferior de su misma hilera)&lt;br /&gt;
* elige la base que determina el factor de multiplicación entre las hileras verticales de derecha a izquierda; este es 10 en los ábacos más convencionales (decimales),20 en el ábaco maya, 16 en el hexadecimal y 2 en el binario&lt;br /&gt;
* botón crear ábaco nuevo (debe presionarse para activar la selección creada)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Cómo usar un ábaco =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setear el ábaco al inicio===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una operación aritmética es necesario &amp;quot;limpiar&amp;quot; el ábaco. Luego se colocan las cuentas superiores se colocan hacia arriba y inferiores hacia abajo. Esta es la posición por defecto del ábaco al iniciar la actividad. Tenga en cuenta que algunos ábacos (por ejemplo, el schety ruso) no tienen cuentas superiores. En estos casos, todas las cuentas comienzan abajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== La lectura de ábacos === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En ábacos tipo Suanpan con factor ×5 de abajo hacia arriba, las cuentas inferiores representan 1s y las superiores representan 5s. En la primer hilera cada cuenta inferior que sube suma 1, mientras cada cuenta superior que baja suma 5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En los ábacos decimales, las posiciones de las hileras de derecha a izquierda representan las posiciones decimales enteras 1s, 10s, 100, 1000, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Trabajando en otras bases como con (1) Nepohualtzintzin, que utiliza la base 20, las hileras de derecha a izquierda son potencias de 20 y sus cuentas valen 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco de Schety, (2) las cuentas a la derecha de la hilera distinta, de sólo 4 cuentas, valen décimos, centésimos, milésimos y diezmilésimos; mientras las de la izquierda son las decenas, centenas y demás posiciones decimales enteras.&lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco Caacupé las cuentas en negro son fracciones de unidad y todas las cuentas pueden subir o bajar representando valores positivos y negativos. &lt;br /&gt;
El ábaco personalizado permite elegir la base y la disposición de las cuentas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En el centro del marco siempre se desplega en números y sistema decimal el valor actual de las cuentas. Experimentando se aprende rapidamente a escribir y leer los números sobre los ábacos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67426</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67426"/>
		<updated>2011-07-27T03:32:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* Cómo usar un ábaco */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La Actividad Abacus refiere al [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco], y permite al estudiante observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. La Actividad trae variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el ábaco tradicional japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], el ábaco tradicional ruso con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para facilitar el denominador 4 en números mixtos; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco tradicional maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). La Actividad Abacus incorpora también un ábaco binario (tradicional base 2), un ábaco hexadecimal (base 16) y tres ábacos que incluyen quebrados comunes: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12, Fracciones, Caacupé y Cuisinaire. Desde la versión 9 Abacus incluye una barra de herramientas desde donde el estudiante puede diseñar el ábaco que quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (Base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (Base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12 positivas y negativas)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|cuisenaire (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12  estilo medidor cocina)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom (Octal, base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de actividad (etiquetar, compartir, guardar)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización &lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar -no se muestra en la figura-.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los ábacos adicionales:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón soroban (Ábaco japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón schety (Ábaco ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón nepohualtzintzin (Ábaco maya)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón binario (Ábaco binario)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón hexadecimal (Ábaco  hexadecimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón fracción (Ábaco fracciones)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Caacupe (Ábaco fracciones negativas y positivas)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Rodajas (Ábaco estilo cuisenaire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los parámetros de customización:&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de hileras&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco superior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco inferior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el factor de multiplicación para las hileras superiores (ejemplo, en el ábaco Chino, cada cuenta superior cuenta ×5 el valor de una cuenta inferior de su misma hilera)&lt;br /&gt;
* elige la base que determina el factor de multiplicación entre las hileras verticales de derecha a izquierda; este es 10 en los ábacos más convencionales (decimales),20 en el ábaco maya, 16 en el hexadecimal y 2 en el binario&lt;br /&gt;
* botón crear ábaco nuevo (debe presionarse para activar la selección creada)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Cómo usar un ábaco =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setear el ábaco al inicio===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una operación aritmética es necesario &amp;quot;limpiar&amp;quot; el ábaco. Luego se colocan las cuentas superiores se colocan hacia arriba y inferiores hacia abajo. Esta es la posición por defecto del ábaco al iniciar la actividad. Tenga en cuenta que algunos ábacos (por ejemplo, el schety ruso) no tienen cuentas superiores. En estos casos, todas las cuentas comienzan abajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== La lectura de ábacos === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En ábacos tipo Suanpan con factor ×5 de abajo hacia arriba, las cuentas inferiores representan 1s y las superiores representan 5s. En la primer hilera cada cuenta inferior que sube suma 1, mientras cada cuenta superior que baja suma 5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En los ábacos decimales, las posiciones de las hileras de derecha a izquierda representan las posiciones decimales enteras 1s, 10s, 100, 1000, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Trabajando en otras bases como con (1) Nepohualtzintzin, que utiliza la base 20, las hileras de derecha a izquierda son potencias de 20 y sus cuentas valen 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco de Schety, (2) las cuentas a la derecha de la hilera distinta, de sólo 4 cuentas, valen décimos, centésimos, milésimos y diezmilésimos; mientras las de la izquierda son las decenas, centenas y demás posiciones decimales enteras.&lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco Caacupé las cuentas en negro son fracciones de unidad y todas las cuentas pueden subir o bajar representando valores positivos y negativos. &lt;br /&gt;
El ábaco personalizado permite elegir la base y la disposición de las cuentas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En el centro del marco siempre se desplega en números y sistema decimal el valor actual de las cuentas. Experimentando se aprende rapidamente a escribir y leer los números sobre los ábacos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67425</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67425"/>
		<updated>2011-07-27T03:17:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* Acerca de los Ábacos */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La Actividad Abacus refiere al [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco], y permite al estudiante observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. La Actividad trae variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el ábaco tradicional japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], el ábaco tradicional ruso con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para facilitar el denominador 4 en números mixtos; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco tradicional maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). La Actividad Abacus incorpora también un ábaco binario (tradicional base 2), un ábaco hexadecimal (base 16) y tres ábacos que incluyen quebrados comunes: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12, Fracciones, Caacupé y Cuisinaire. Desde la versión 9 Abacus incluye una barra de herramientas desde donde el estudiante puede diseñar el ábaco que quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (Base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (Base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12 positivas y negativas)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|cuisenaire (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,..., 1/12  estilo medidor cocina)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom (Octal, base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de actividad (etiquetar, compartir, guardar)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización &lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar -no se muestra en la figura-.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los ábacos adicionales:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón soroban (Ábaco japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón schety (Ábaco ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón nepohualtzintzin (Ábaco maya)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón binario (Ábaco binario)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón hexadecimal (Ábaco  hexadecimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón fracción (Ábaco fracciones)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Caacupe (Ábaco fracciones negativas y positivas)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Rodajas (Ábaco estilo cuisenaire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los parámetros de customización:&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de hileras&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco superior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco inferior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el factor de multiplicación para las hileras superiores (ejemplo, en el ábaco Chino, cada cuenta superior cuenta ×5 el valor de una cuenta inferior de su misma hilera)&lt;br /&gt;
* elige la base que determina el factor de multiplicación entre las hileras verticales de derecha a izquierda; este es 10 en los ábacos más convencionales (decimales),20 en el ábaco maya, 16 en el hexadecimal y 2 en el binario&lt;br /&gt;
* botón crear ábaco nuevo (debe presionarse para activar la selección creada)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cómo usar un ábaco ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Borrar el ábaco ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una operación aritmética es necesario &amp;quot;limpiar&amp;quot; el ábaco. Las cuentas superiores se colocan contra la parte superior del marco y las cuentas inferiores contra la parte inferior del marco. Esta es la posición por defecto del ábaco al iniciar la actividad. Tenga en cuenta que algunos de los ábacos (por ejemplo, el schety) no tienen cuentas superiores. En estos casos, todas las cuentas comienzan abajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== La lectura de ábacos === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En ábacos tipo Suanpan con factor ×5 de abajo a arriba, cada hilera las cuentas inferiores representan 1s y las superiores representan 5s. Cada cuenta que levantamos en la hilera izquierda inferior suma 1 ; mientras cada cuenta de la hilera izquierda superior suma 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En los ábacos decimales las posiciones de las hileras de derecha a izquierda representan las posiciones decimales enteras 1s, 10s, 100, 1000, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Trabajando en otras bases como con (1) Nepohualtzintzin que utiliza la base 20, las hileras de derecha a izquierda son potencias de 20 y sus cuentas valen 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco de Schety, (2) las cuentas a la derecha de la hilera con sólo 4 cuentas, valen décimos, centésimos, milésimos y diezmilésimos.&lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco Caacupé las cuentas en negro son fracciones de unidad.  &lt;br /&gt;
El ábaco personalizado le permitirá eligir en enteros la base que deseé. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En el centro del marco siempre se desplega el valor actual escrito en sistema decimal. Experimentando se aprende rapidamente a escribir y leer números sobre los ábacos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67390</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67390"/>
		<updated>2011-07-26T07:00:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco] permite al estudiante observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. Hay variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el tradicional ábaco Japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], o ábaco tradicional ruso, con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para contar en números mixtos de denominador cuatro; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco Maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). En la Actividad Abacus también hay un ábaco binario, un ábaco hexadecimal y varios ábacos que permiten el cálculo con fracciones comunes : 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12. Desde la versión 9 hay una barra de herramientas que permite diseñar el ábaco que se quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,...)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (fraccciones with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|Cuisenaire-style rods (fracciones estilo cocinero)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom, octal (base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de actividad (etiquetar, compartir, guardar)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar (no se muestra en la figura)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los ábacos adicionales:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón soroban (Ábaco Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón schety (Ábaco Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón nepohualtzintzin (Ábaco Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón binario (Ábaco binario)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón hexadecimal (Ábaco  hexadecimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón fracción (Ábaco fracciones)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Caacupe (Ábaco fracciones con +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Barras (Ábaco estilo cuisenaire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los parámetros de customización:&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de hileras&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco superior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco inferior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el factor de multiplicación para las hileras superiores (ejemplo, en el ábaco Chino, cada cuenta superior cuenta ×5 el valor de una cuenta inferior de su misma hilera)&lt;br /&gt;
* elige la base que determina el factor de multiplicación entre las hileras verticales de derecha a izquierda; este es 10 en los ábacos más convencionales (decimales),20 en el ábaco maya, 16 en el hexadecimal y 2 en el binario&lt;br /&gt;
* botón crear ábaco nuevo (debe presionarse para activar la selección creada)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cómo usar un ábaco ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Borrar el ábaco ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una operación aritmética es necesario &amp;quot;limpiar&amp;quot; el ábaco. Las cuentas superiores se colocan contra la parte superior del marco y las cuentas inferiores contra la parte inferior del marco. Esta es la posición por defecto del ábaco al iniciar la actividad. Tenga en cuenta que algunos de los ábacos (por ejemplo, el schety) no tienen cuentas superiores. En estos casos, todas las cuentas comienzan abajo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== La lectura de ábacos === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En ábacos tipo Suanpan con factor ×5 de abajo a arriba, cada hilera las cuentas inferiores representan 1s y las superiores representan 5s. Cada cuenta que levantamos en la hilera izquierda inferior suma 1 ; mientras cada cuenta de la hilera izquierda superior suma 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En los ábacos decimales las posiciones de las hileras de derecha a izquierda representan las posiciones decimales enteras 1s, 10s, 100, 1000, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Trabajando en otras bases como con (1) Nepohualtzintzin que utiliza la base 20, las hileras de derecha a izquierda son potencias de 20 y sus cuentas valen 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco de Schety, (2) las cuentas a la derecha de la hilera con sólo 4 cuentas, valen décimos, centésimos, milésimos y diezmilésimos.&lt;br /&gt;
En el ábaco Caacupé las cuentas en negro son fracciones de unidad.  &lt;br /&gt;
El ábaco personalizado le permitirá eligir en enteros la base que deseé. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En el centro del marco siempre se desplega el valor actual escrito en sistema decimal. Experimentando se aprende rapidamente a escribir y leer números sobre los ábacos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67389</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67389"/>
		<updated>2011-07-26T06:28:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* Las barras de herramientas */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco] permite al estudiante observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. Hay variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el tradicional ábaco Japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], o ábaco tradicional ruso, con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para contar en números mixtos de denominador cuatro; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco Maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). En la Actividad Abacus también hay un ábaco binario, un ábaco hexadecimal y varios ábacos que permiten el cálculo con fracciones comunes : 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12. Desde la versión 9 hay una barra de herramientas que permite diseñar el ábaco que se quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,...)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (fraccciones with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|Cuisenaire-style rods (fracciones estilo cocinero)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom, octal (base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de actividad (etiquetar, compartir, guardar)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar (no se muestra en la figura)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los ábacos adicionales:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón soroban (Ábaco Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón schety (Ábaco Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón nepohualtzintzin (Ábaco Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón binario (Ábaco binario)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón hexadecimal (Ábaco  hexadecimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón fracción (Ábaco fracciones)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Caacupe (Ábaco fracciones con +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón Barras (Ábaco estilo cuisenaire)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha los parámetros de customización:&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de hileras&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco superior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el número de cuentas en las hileras del marco inferior&lt;br /&gt;
* elige el factor de multiplicación para las hileras superiores (ejemplo, en el ábaco Chino, cada cuenta superior cuenta ×5 el valor de una cuenta inferior de su misma hilera)&lt;br /&gt;
* elige la base que determina el factor de multiplicación entre las hileras verticales de derecha a izquierda; este es 10 en los ábacos más convencionales (decimales),20 en el ábaco maya, 16 en el hexadecimal y 2 en el binario&lt;br /&gt;
* botón crear ábaco nuevo (debe presionarse para activar la selección creada)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to use an abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clear the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you start an arithmetic operation, you need to &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; the abacus. The upper beads should be positioned against the top of the frame and the lower beads should be positioned against the bottom of the frame. This is the default position for the abacus when you launch the activity. (Note that some of the abacuses (e.g., the schety) do not have any upper beads. In such cases, all of the beads should start in the down position.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reading the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In each column, the bottom beads represent 1s and the top beads represent 5s. (The exception is the column in the schety with only 4 beads. These are 1/4 each.) So for each bead you raise up from the bottom in a column add 1 and for each bead you lower from the top in the same column, add 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The columns themselves represent decimal positions from right to left, e.g., 1s, 10s, 100s, 1000s, etc. (There are some exceptions: (1) the nepohualtzintzin uses base 20, e.g., 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc.; (2) on the schety, the beads to the right of the column with just four beads are 0.1s, 0.01s, 0.001s, and 0.0001s; the black beads on the Caacupé abacus are fractions; and the custom abacus lets you choose whatever (integer) base you want.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current value is always displayed on the frame. Experiment and you will quickly learn to write and read numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67388</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67388"/>
		<updated>2011-07-26T05:55:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco] permite al estudiante observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. Hay variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el tradicional ábaco Japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], o ábaco tradicional ruso, con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para contar en números mixtos de denominador cuatro; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco Maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). En la Actividad Abacus también hay un ábaco binario, un ábaco hexadecimal y varios ábacos que permiten el cálculo con fracciones comunes : 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12. Desde la versión 9 hay una barra de herramientas que permite diseñar el ábaco que se quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,...)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (fraccciones with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|Cuisenaire-style rods (fracciones estilo cocinero)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom, octal (base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de la actividad, etiquetar, compartir, guardar.&lt;br /&gt;
* botón saupan (ábaco chino)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón decimal (ábaco en sistema decimal)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón adicionales (muestra un menú secundario con ábacos adicionales)&lt;br /&gt;
* botón barra de customización&lt;br /&gt;
* botón de parar (no se muestra en la figura)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|De izquierda a derecha:&lt;br /&gt;
* soroban button (Japanese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* schety button (Russian abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* nepohualtzintzin button (Mayan abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* binary button (binary abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* hexadecimal button (hexadecimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* fraction button (fraction abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* Caacupe button (fraction abacus with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rod button (Cuisenaire-like abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of rods&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the top of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the bottom of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the multiplication factor of top beads (e.g., on the Chinese abacus, each top bead counts as 5× the value of a bottom bead on the same rod)&lt;br /&gt;
* select the base to determine the value of bottom beads across rods; this is 10 on most conventional abacuses, but 20 on the Mayan abacus, 16 on the hexadecimal abacus, and 2 on the binary abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
* new-abacus button (you must push this button to activate the selections you&#039;ve made)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to use an abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clear the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you start an arithmetic operation, you need to &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; the abacus. The upper beads should be positioned against the top of the frame and the lower beads should be positioned against the bottom of the frame. This is the default position for the abacus when you launch the activity. (Note that some of the abacuses (e.g., the schety) do not have any upper beads. In such cases, all of the beads should start in the down position.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reading the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In each column, the bottom beads represent 1s and the top beads represent 5s. (The exception is the column in the schety with only 4 beads. These are 1/4 each.) So for each bead you raise up from the bottom in a column add 1 and for each bead you lower from the top in the same column, add 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The columns themselves represent decimal positions from right to left, e.g., 1s, 10s, 100s, 1000s, etc. (There are some exceptions: (1) the nepohualtzintzin uses base 20, e.g., 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc.; (2) on the schety, the beads to the right of the column with just four beads are 0.1s, 0.01s, 0.001s, and 0.0001s; the black beads on the Caacupé abacus are fractions; and the custom abacus lets you choose whatever (integer) base you want.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current value is always displayed on the frame. Experiment and you will quickly learn to write and read numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67382</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67382"/>
		<updated>2011-07-26T05:34:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus English] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco] permite al estudiante observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. Hay variedades de ábacos bien distintas para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el tradicional ábaco Japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus Schoty], o ábaco tradicional ruso, con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para contar en números mixtos de denominador cuatro; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci Nepohualtzitzin], el ábaco Maya con 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). En la Actividad Abacus también hay un ábaco binario, un ábaco hexadecimal y varios ábacos que permiten el cálculo con fracciones comunes : 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12. Desde la versión 9 hay una barra de herramientas que permite diseñar el ábaco que se quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chino)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japonés)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Ruso)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Maya)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binario (base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fraccciones (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,...)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (fraccciones with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|Cuisenaire-style rods (fracciones estilo cocinero)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom, octal (base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Las barras de herramientas ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* project-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* saupan button (Chinese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* decimal button (decimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* list-add button (show secondary menu with additional abacuses)&lt;br /&gt;
* customization-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* stop button not shown&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* soroban button (Japanese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* schety button (Russian abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* nepohualtzintzin button (Mayan abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* binary button (binary abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* hexadecimal button (hexadecimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* fraction button (fraction abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* Caacupe button (fraction abacus with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rod button (Cuisenaire-like abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of rods&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the top of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the bottom of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the multiplication factor of top beads (e.g., on the Chinese abacus, each top bead counts as 5× the value of a bottom bead on the same rod)&lt;br /&gt;
* select the base to determine the value of bottom beads across rods; this is 10 on most conventional abacuses, but 20 on the Mayan abacus, 16 on the hexadecimal abacus, and 2 on the binary abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
* new-abacus button (you must push this button to activate the selections you&#039;ve made)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to use an abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clear the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you start an arithmetic operation, you need to &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; the abacus. The upper beads should be positioned against the top of the frame and the lower beads should be positioned against the bottom of the frame. This is the default position for the abacus when you launch the activity. (Note that some of the abacuses (e.g., the schety) do not have any upper beads. In such cases, all of the beads should start in the down position.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reading the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In each column, the bottom beads represent 1s and the top beads represent 5s. (The exception is the column in the schety with only 4 beads. These are 1/4 each.) So for each bead you raise up from the bottom in a column add 1 and for each bead you lower from the top in the same column, add 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The columns themselves represent decimal positions from right to left, e.g., 1s, 10s, 100s, 1000s, etc. (There are some exceptions: (1) the nepohualtzintzin uses base 20, e.g., 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc.; (2) on the schety, the beads to the right of the column with just four beads are 0.1s, 0.01s, 0.001s, and 0.0001s; the black beads on the Caacupé abacus are fractions; and the custom abacus lets you choose whatever (integer) base you want.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current value is always displayed on the frame. Experiment and you will quickly learn to write and read numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67381</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67381"/>
		<updated>2011-07-26T05:23:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Donde obtener la actividad Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Acerca de los Ábacos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%81baco ábaco] permite al estudiante observar distintas formas de representar números usando estos antiguos dispositivos mecánicos desarrollados por todas las culturas. Hay variedades de ábacos bien distintas de para explorar: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan Suanpan], el ábaco tradicional chino con 2 cuentas en la primer cubierta y 5 cuentas debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban Soroban], el tradicional ábaco Japonés con 1 cuenta encima y 4 debajo; [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus schety Schoty], o ábaco tradicional ruso, con 10 cuentas por columna y una columna con sólo 4 cuentas que se usaba para contar en números mixtos de denominador cuatro; el [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci nepohualtzintzin Nepohualtzitzin], un ábaco Maya, 3 cuentas encima y 4 debajo (base20). En la Actividad Abacus también hay un ábaco binario, un ábaco hexadecimal y varios ábacos que permiten el cálculo con fracciones comunes : 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, y 1/12. Desde la versión 9 hay una barra de herramientas que permite diseñar el ábaco que se quiera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chinese)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japanese)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Russian)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Mayan)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binary (base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fractions (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,...)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (fractions with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|Cuisenaire-style rods (fractions)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom, as shown: octal (base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* project-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* saupan button (Chinese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* decimal button (decimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* list-add button (show secondary menu with additional abacuses)&lt;br /&gt;
* customization-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* stop button not shown&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* soroban button (Japanese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* schety button (Russian abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* nepohualtzintzin button (Mayan abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* binary button (binary abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* hexadecimal button (hexadecimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* fraction button (fraction abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* Caacupe button (fraction abacus with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rod button (Cuisenaire-like abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of rods&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the top of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the bottom of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the multiplication factor of top beads (e.g., on the Chinese abacus, each top bead counts as 5× the value of a bottom bead on the same rod)&lt;br /&gt;
* select the base to determine the value of bottom beads across rods; this is 10 on most conventional abacuses, but 20 on the Mayan abacus, 16 on the hexadecimal abacus, and 2 on the binary abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
* new-abacus button (you must push this button to activate the selections you&#039;ve made)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to use an abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clear the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you start an arithmetic operation, you need to &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; the abacus. The upper beads should be positioned against the top of the frame and the lower beads should be positioned against the bottom of the frame. This is the default position for the abacus when you launch the activity. (Note that some of the abacuses (e.g., the schety) do not have any upper beads. In such cases, all of the beads should start in the down position.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reading the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In each column, the bottom beads represent 1s and the top beads represent 5s. (The exception is the column in the schety with only 4 beads. These are 1/4 each.) So for each bead you raise up from the bottom in a column add 1 and for each bead you lower from the top in the same column, add 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The columns themselves represent decimal positions from right to left, e.g., 1s, 10s, 100s, 1000s, etc. (There are some exceptions: (1) the nepohualtzintzin uses base 20, e.g., 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc.; (2) on the schety, the beads to the right of the column with just four beads are 0.1s, 0.01s, 0.001s, and 0.0001s; the black beads on the Caacupé abacus are fractions; and the custom abacus lets you choose whatever (integer) base you want.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current value is always displayed on the frame. Experiment and you will quickly learn to write and read numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67380</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67380"/>
		<updated>2011-07-26T04:46:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to get Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== About Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus Abacus] lets the learner explore different representations of numbers using different mechanical counting systems developed by the ancient Romans and Chinese. There are several different variants available for exploration: a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan suanpan], the traditional Chinese abacus with 2 beads on top and 5 beads below; a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban soroban], the traditional Japanese abacus with 1 bead on top and 4 beads below; the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus schety], the traditional Russian abacus, with 10 beads per column, with the exception of one column with just 4 beads used for counting in fourths; and the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci nepohualtzintzin], a Mayan abacus, 3 beads on top and 4 beads below (base 20). There is also a binary abacus, a hexadecimal abacus, and several abacuses that lets you calculate with common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12. As of Version 9, there is a customization toolbar that lets you design your own abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chinese)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japanese)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Russian)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Mayan)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binary (base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fractions (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,...)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (fractions with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|Cuisenaire-style rods (fractions)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom, as shown: octal (base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* project-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* saupan button (Chinese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* decimal button (decimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* list-add button (show secondary menu with additional abacuses)&lt;br /&gt;
* customization-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* stop button not shown&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* soroban button (Japanese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* schety button (Russian abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* nepohualtzintzin button (Mayan abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* binary button (binary abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* hexadecimal button (hexadecimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* fraction button (fraction abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* Caacupe button (fraction abacus with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rod button (Cuisenaire-like abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of rods&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the top of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the bottom of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the multiplication factor of top beads (e.g., on the Chinese abacus, each top bead counts as 5× the value of a bottom bead on the same rod)&lt;br /&gt;
* select the base to determine the value of bottom beads across rods; this is 10 on most conventional abacuses, but 20 on the Mayan abacus, 16 on the hexadecimal abacus, and 2 on the binary abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
* new-abacus button (you must push this button to activate the selections you&#039;ve made)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to use an abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clear the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you start an arithmetic operation, you need to &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; the abacus. The upper beads should be positioned against the top of the frame and the lower beads should be positioned against the bottom of the frame. This is the default position for the abacus when you launch the activity. (Note that some of the abacuses (e.g., the schety) do not have any upper beads. In such cases, all of the beads should start in the down position.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reading the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In each column, the bottom beads represent 1s and the top beads represent 5s. (The exception is the column in the schety with only 4 beads. These are 1/4 each.) So for each bead you raise up from the bottom in a column add 1 and for each bead you lower from the top in the same column, add 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The columns themselves represent decimal positions from right to left, e.g., 1s, 10s, 100s, 1000s, etc. (There are some exceptions: (1) the nepohualtzintzin uses base 20, e.g., 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc.; (2) on the schety, the beads to the right of the column with just four beads are 0.1s, 0.01s, 0.001s, and 0.0001s; the black beads on the Caacupé abacus are fractions; and the custom abacus lets you choose whatever (integer) base you want.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current value is always displayed on the frame. Experiment and you will quickly learn to write and read numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67379</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus/Abacos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus/Abacos&amp;diff=67379"/>
		<updated>2011-07-26T04:45:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: tr-es&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;a&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus&amp;diff=67378</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus&amp;diff=67378"/>
		<updated>2011-07-26T04:43:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus/Abacos Traducción español] |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to get Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== About Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus Abacus] lets the learner explore different representations of numbers using different mechanical counting systems developed by the ancient Romans and Chinese. There are several different variants available for exploration: a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan suanpan], the traditional Chinese abacus with 2 beads on top and 5 beads below; a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban soroban], the traditional Japanese abacus with 1 bead on top and 4 beads below; the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus schety], the traditional Russian abacus, with 10 beads per column, with the exception of one column with just 4 beads used for counting in fourths; and the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci nepohualtzintzin], a Mayan abacus, 3 beads on top and 4 beads below (base 20). There is also a binary abacus, a hexadecimal abacus, and several abacuses that lets you calculate with common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12. As of Version 9, there is a customization toolbar that lets you design your own abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chinese)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japanese)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Russian)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Mayan)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binary (base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fractions (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,...)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (fractions with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|Cuisenaire-style rods (fractions)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom, as shown: octal (base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* project-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* saupan button (Chinese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* decimal button (decimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* list-add button (show secondary menu with additional abacuses)&lt;br /&gt;
* customization-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* stop button not shown&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* soroban button (Japanese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* schety button (Russian abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* nepohualtzintzin button (Mayan abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* binary button (binary abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* hexadecimal button (hexadecimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* fraction button (fraction abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* Caacupe button (fraction abacus with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rod button (Cuisenaire-like abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of rods&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the top of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the bottom of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the multiplication factor of top beads (e.g., on the Chinese abacus, each top bead counts as 5× the value of a bottom bead on the same rod)&lt;br /&gt;
* select the base to determine the value of bottom beads across rods; this is 10 on most conventional abacuses, but 20 on the Mayan abacus, 16 on the hexadecimal abacus, and 2 on the binary abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
* new-abacus button (you must push this button to activate the selections you&#039;ve made)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to use an abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clear the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you start an arithmetic operation, you need to &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; the abacus. The upper beads should be positioned against the top of the frame and the lower beads should be positioned against the bottom of the frame. This is the default position for the abacus when you launch the activity. (Note that some of the abacuses (e.g., the schety) do not have any upper beads. In such cases, all of the beads should start in the down position.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reading the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In each column, the bottom beads represent 1s and the top beads represent 5s. (The exception is the column in the schety with only 4 beads. These are 1/4 each.) So for each bead you raise up from the bottom in a column add 1 and for each bead you lower from the top in the same column, add 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The columns themselves represent decimal positions from right to left, e.g., 1s, 10s, 100s, 1000s, etc. (There are some exceptions: (1) the nepohualtzintzin uses base 20, e.g., 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc.; (2) on the schety, the beads to the right of the column with just four beads are 0.1s, 0.01s, 0.001s, and 0.0001s; the black beads on the Caacupé abacus are fractions; and the custom abacus lets you choose whatever (integer) base you want.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current value is always displayed on the frame. Experiment and you will quickly learn to write and read numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus&amp;diff=67377</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus&amp;diff=67377"/>
		<updated>2011-07-26T04:40:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* Where to get Abacus */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to get Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== About Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus Abacus] lets the learner explore different representations of numbers using different mechanical counting systems developed by the ancient Romans and Chinese. There are several different variants available for exploration: a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan suanpan], the traditional Chinese abacus with 2 beads on top and 5 beads below; a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban soroban], the traditional Japanese abacus with 1 bead on top and 4 beads below; the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus schety], the traditional Russian abacus, with 10 beads per column, with the exception of one column with just 4 beads used for counting in fourths; and the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci nepohualtzintzin], a Mayan abacus, 3 beads on top and 4 beads below (base 20). There is also a binary abacus, a hexadecimal abacus, and several abacuses that lets you calculate with common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12. As of Version 9, there is a customization toolbar that lets you design your own abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chinese)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japanese)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Russian)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Mayan)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binary (base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fractions (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,...)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (fractions with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|Cuisenaire-style rods (fractions)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom, as shown: octal (base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* project-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* saupan button (Chinese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* decimal button (decimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* list-add button (show secondary menu with additional abacuses)&lt;br /&gt;
* customization-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* stop button not shown&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* soroban button (Japanese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* schety button (Russian abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* nepohualtzintzin button (Mayan abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* binary button (binary abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* hexadecimal button (hexadecimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* fraction button (fraction abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* Caacupe button (fraction abacus with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rod button (Cuisenaire-like abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of rods&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the top of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the bottom of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the multiplication factor of top beads (e.g., on the Chinese abacus, each top bead counts as 5× the value of a bottom bead on the same rod)&lt;br /&gt;
* select the base to determine the value of bottom beads across rods; this is 10 on most conventional abacuses, but 20 on the Mayan abacus, 16 on the hexadecimal abacus, and 2 on the binary abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
* new-abacus button (you must push this button to activate the selections you&#039;ve made)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to use an abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clear the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you start an arithmetic operation, you need to &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; the abacus. The upper beads should be positioned against the top of the frame and the lower beads should be positioned against the bottom of the frame. This is the default position for the abacus when you launch the activity. (Note that some of the abacuses (e.g., the schety) do not have any upper beads. In such cases, all of the beads should start in the down position.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reading the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In each column, the bottom beads represent 1s and the top beads represent 5s. (The exception is the column in the schety with only 4 beads. These are 1/4 each.) So for each bead you raise up from the bottom in a column add 1 and for each bead you lower from the top in the same column, add 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The columns themselves represent decimal positions from right to left, e.g., 1s, 10s, 100s, 1000s, etc. (There are some exceptions: (1) the nepohualtzintzin uses base 20, e.g., 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc.; (2) on the schety, the beads to the right of the column with just four beads are 0.1s, 0.01s, 0.001s, and 0.0001s; the black beads on the Caacupé abacus are fractions; and the custom abacus lets you choose whatever (integer) base you want.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current value is always displayed on the frame. Experiment and you will quickly learn to write and read numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus&amp;diff=67376</id>
		<title>Activities/Abacus</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Abacus&amp;diff=67376"/>
		<updated>2011-07-26T04:39:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* Where to get Abacus */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Abacus.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to get Abacus == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://activities.sugarlabs.org/en-US/sugar/addon/4293/ Activity] | [http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/abacus/repos/mainline Source] | [http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/Abacus/Abacos Español]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== About Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abacus-icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus Abacus] lets the learner explore different representations of numbers using different mechanical counting systems developed by the ancient Romans and Chinese. There are several different variants available for exploration: a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suanpan suanpan], the traditional Chinese abacus with 2 beads on top and 5 beads below; a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soroban soroban], the traditional Japanese abacus with 1 bead on top and 4 beads below; the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Russian_abacus schety], the traditional Russian abacus, with 10 beads per column, with the exception of one column with just 4 beads used for counting in fourths; and the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abacus#Native_American_abaci nepohualtzintzin], a Mayan abacus, 3 beads on top and 4 beads below (base 20). There is also a binary abacus, a hexadecimal abacus, and several abacuses that lets you calculate with common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12. As of Version 9, there is a customization toolbar that lets you design your own abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Suanpan.png|suanpan (Chinese)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soroban.png|soropan (Japanese)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Schety.png|schety (Russian)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Nepohualtzintzin.png|nepohualtzintzin (Mayan)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Binary.png|binary (base 2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hexadecimal.png|hexadecimal (base 16)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Fraction.png|fractions (1/2, 1/3, 1/4,...)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Caacupe.png|Caacupe (fractions with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Decimal.png|decimal (base 10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Rods.png|Cuisenaire-style rods (fractions)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Custom-abacus.png|custom, as shown: octal (base 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abacus-main-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* project-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* saupan button (Chinese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* decimal button (decimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* list-add button (show secondary menu with additional abacuses)&lt;br /&gt;
* customization-toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
* stop button not shown&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-secondary-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* soroban button (Japanese abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* schety button (Russian abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* nepohualtzintzin button (Mayan abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* binary button (binary abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* hexadecimal button (hexadecimal abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* fraction button (fraction abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
* Caacupe button (fraction abacus with +/–)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rod button (Cuisenaire-like abacus)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Abacus-custom-toolbar.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|From left to right:&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of rods&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the top of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the number of beads on the bottom of the frame&lt;br /&gt;
* select the multiplication factor of top beads (e.g., on the Chinese abacus, each top bead counts as 5× the value of a bottom bead on the same rod)&lt;br /&gt;
* select the base to determine the value of bottom beads across rods; this is 10 on most conventional abacuses, but 20 on the Mayan abacus, 16 on the hexadecimal abacus, and 2 on the binary abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
* new-abacus button (you must push this button to activate the selections you&#039;ve made)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to use an abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clear the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you start an arithmetic operation, you need to &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; the abacus. The upper beads should be positioned against the top of the frame and the lower beads should be positioned against the bottom of the frame. This is the default position for the abacus when you launch the activity. (Note that some of the abacuses (e.g., the schety) do not have any upper beads. In such cases, all of the beads should start in the down position.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reading the abacus ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In each column, the bottom beads represent 1s and the top beads represent 5s. (The exception is the column in the schety with only 4 beads. These are 1/4 each.) So for each bead you raise up from the bottom in a column add 1 and for each bead you lower from the top in the same column, add 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The columns themselves represent decimal positions from right to left, e.g., 1s, 10s, 100s, 1000s, etc. (There are some exceptions: (1) the nepohualtzintzin uses base 20, e.g., 1s, 20s, 400s, 8000s, etc.; (2) on the schety, the beads to the right of the column with just four beads are 0.1s, 0.01s, 0.001s, and 0.0001s; the black beads on the Caacupé abacus are fractions; and the custom abacus lets you choose whatever (integer) base you want.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current value is always displayed on the frame. Experiment and you will quickly learn to write and read numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the gallery below, several simple examples are shown. In the gallery of images above, the number 54321 is shown on each of the different abaci.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1.png|1 bottom bead is up, corresponding to 1 unit&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5.png|1 top bead is down, corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5b.png|5 bottom beads are up, also corresponding to 5 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6.png|1 bottom bead is up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 6 units&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10.png|5 bottom beads are up and 1 top bead is down, corresponding to 10 units (time to &amp;quot;carry&amp;quot; to the left)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-10x1.png|This 10 is equivalent to...&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1x10.png|... this 10&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-54321.png|54321&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The display always assumes a fixed unit column, but you can override this choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-highlight.png|The beads moved most recently are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Addition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add, simply move in more beads to represent the number you are adding. There are two rules to follow: (1) whenever you have a total of 5 units or more on the bottom of a column, cancel out the 5 by sliding the beads back down and add a five to to the top; and (2) whenever you have a total of 10 units or more in a column, cancel out the 10 and add one unit to the column immediately to the left. (With the nepohualtzintzin, you work with 20 rather than 10.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-4.png|4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-3.png|+3=7 (5–2=3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-5.png|+5=12&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-12.png|carry 5s to next column&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-19.png|+19=31 (20-1=19)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-plus-24.png|+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-55.png|4+3+5+19+24=55&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtraction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. Move out beads that correspond to the number you are subtracting. You can &amp;quot;borrow&amp;quot; from the column immediately to the left: subtracting one unit and adding 10 to the current column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; 26–2–4–6–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-26.png|26&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-2.png|26–2=24&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-4.png|24–4=20&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-carry-10.png|carry 10 to the right&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-6.png|20–6=14&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-minus-10.png|14–10=4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiplication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several strategies for doing multiplication on an abacus. In the method used in the example below, the multiplier is stored on the far left of the abacus and the multiplicand is offset to the left by the number of digits in the multiplier. The red &#039;&#039;indicator&#039;&#039; is used to help keep track of where we are in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-486x24.png|486×24=? Begin by placing 24 in the left-most columns and 486 offset from the far right by two columns (since 24 has two digits). Set the indicator to the right of the multiplicand.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x6.png|Multiply the least-significant digits (LSD) of the multiplier (4) and multiplicand (6) and place the results (4×6=24) in the far right columns.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x6.png|Multiply the next digit in the multiplier (2, which corresponds to 2×10=20) and the LSD of the multiplicand (6) and add the results (2×6=12) on the right (advancing one column to the left to correspond to the power of the digit in the multiplier).&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-100s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x8.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (8): 4×8=32&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x8.png|2×8=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1000s.png|Move the indicator over one column to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4x4.png|Repeat for the next digit in the multiplicand (4): 4×4=16&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2x4.png|2×4=8&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-11664.png|Clear the multiplier from the left and view the result: 486×24=11664&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Division ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple division (by a single-digit number) is the inverse of multiplication. In the example below, the dividend is put on the left (leaving one column vacant for the quotient) and the divisor on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-123456789-over-2.png|123456789÷2=? Place the dividend (123456789) on the left, leaving one blank column. Place the divisor (2) on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-1-over-2.png|Working from the left to the right, divide a digit in the quotient and then move the indicator one column to the right. 1÷2=0.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-2-over-2.png|2÷2=1&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-3-over-2.png|3÷2=1.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-4-over-2.png|4÷2=2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-5-over-2.png|5÷2=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-6-over-2.png|6÷2=3&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-7-over-2.png|7÷2=3.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-8-over-2.png|8÷2=4&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-9-over-2.png|9÷2=4.5&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-617283945.png|The result is 61728394.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Add instructions for long division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fractions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fraction abacus lets you add and subtract common fractions: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/9, 1/10, and 1/12, The fractional value is determined by the number of black beads on a rod, e.g., to work with thirds, use the rod with three beads, to work with fifths, use the rod with five beads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rods with white beads are whole numbers in base 10; from left to right 100000, 10000, 1000, 100, 10, and 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Abacus-fractions.png|20 + 1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying Abacus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Abacus is under GPL license. You are free to use it and learn with it. You are also encouraged to modify it to suit your needs or just for a further opportunity to learn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most changes can be confined to three modules: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The former define the Sugar and GNOME toolbars; the latter defines what code is executed by each type of abacus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, to add a menu item such as &#039;Reset&#039; you would do the following in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the menu items list:&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items = gtk.MenuItem(_(&amp;quot;Reset&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
        menu.append(menu_items)&lt;br /&gt;
        menu_items.connect(&amp;quot;activate&amp;quot;, self._reset)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, you can add another button to the Sugar toolbar in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusActivity.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add these lines to the toolbar block:&lt;br /&gt;
            # Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button = ToolButton( &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.set_tooltip(_(&#039;Reset&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.props.sensitive = True&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.connect(&#039;clicked&#039;, self._reset_button_cb)&lt;br /&gt;
            toolbar_box.toolbar.insert(self.reset_button, -1)&lt;br /&gt;
            self.reset_button.show()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The _reset_button_cb() method is trivial:&lt;br /&gt;
    def _reset_button_cb(self, event, data=None):&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Reset the beads on the abacus to the initial cleared position &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        self.abacus.mode.reset_abacus()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You&#039;ll have to create an icon for the button (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset.svg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and put it into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;icon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; subdirectory of the bundle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will complete the changes in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will have to be defined for each abacus in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  This can be done by creating that method in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class used by all the varieties of abacus.  The method may have to be overridden in some abacus subclasses for customization reasons.  For instance, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;reset_abacus()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; was defined in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; class and then overridden in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Schety&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the changes involve modifying the graphics, then other methods may need to be modified as well.  For instance, in order to introduce a reset button that can be clicked to reset the bead positions to the beginning, the following methods had to be modified – all in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;abacus_window.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class Abacus&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;_button_press_cb()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to activate reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;class AbacusGeneric&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, method &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to create the graphics for reset button;&lt;br /&gt;
# methods &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hide()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;show()&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make the button visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be interesting to discuss [[Activities/Abacus/Worksheet |various lesson plans]] for using an abacus here. Also, it would be interesting to explore the use of color. What if, for example, the more recent a bead is moved, the more colorful it is? (implemented in v5). This would perhaps make it more clear what the order of operations is on a calculation. Also, what it we extend the idea of the schety to include more fractional components, e.g., 3rd, 5ths, 6ths, etc. and perhaps have a mode where we can automate the consolidation of the fractional parts (implemented in v6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Might be good to have some of the above information in Help, eg addition, subtraction, multiplication division. Just the text, no graphics?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was proposed in IRC last night that a fun collaborative mode might be to have a number randomly generated and each sharer work independently to post it on the abacus of their choice first. There could be a tally of beads awarded for each correct answer. Maybe something to add to v10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wonder, should the beads on the fraction abacus vary in size? The halves should be five-bead heights each, for example?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of v10, the beads are labeled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reporting problems ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you discover a bug in the program or have a suggestion for an enhancement, please [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/newticket?component=Abacus file a ticket] in our bug-tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://bugs.sugarlabs.org/query?status=accepted&amp;amp;status=assigned&amp;amp;status=new&amp;amp;status=reopened&amp;amp;component=Abacus view the open tickets here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Turtle_Art/lang-es&amp;diff=63205</id>
		<title>Activities/Turtle Art/lang-es</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Turtle_Art/lang-es&amp;diff=63205"/>
		<updated>2011-03-07T19:06:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* Sensores de paleta */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Translations | [[Activities/Turtle Art|english]] &amp;amp;#124; [[Activities/Turtle Art/lang-es|español]] &amp;amp;#124;}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==TAPortfolio (Portafolio TortugArte)==&lt;br /&gt;
El Portafolio TortugArte es una actividad de presentación que le permite crear presentaciones de diapositivas en multimedia con el material recuperado de su Diario. La idea principal consiste en importar imágenes (y eventualmente películas, audio y archivos de texto) en plantillas de diapositivas, distinto a Powerpoint, y luego mostrar una presentación recorriéndolas paso a paso. Este Portafolio incluye las principales funciones de un software de presentación: Un editor que permite insertar y formatear un texto (en su mayoría incompleto); un método para insertar imágenes (del Diario) y un sistema de presentación de diapositivas para mostrar el contenido. Lo que lo diferencia de herramientas como Powerpoint es que usted puede programar sus diapositivas usando los bloques TortugArte. Este Portafolio también cuenta con una función de exportación a HTML, de modo que las presentaciones pueden visualizarse fuera del entorno de Sugar. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La versión actual (41) se encuentra [http://sugarlabs.org/wiki/images/e/ee/TurtleArt-41.xo aquí]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nota:&#039;&#039;&#039; la primera vez que ejecute el Portafolio TortugArte demorará mucho tiempo en cargar (1 minuto en una XO-1 de OLPC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio13.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio14.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio10.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
cortesía de Oneyda Ortega&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Codigo circunf concentricas.JPG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Antecedentes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En una era donde existe un alto interés por las evaluaciones, contamos con los medios necesarios para medir “cual de los niños sabe más”. Esta información nos permite conocer el mérito relativo de la escuela en la que el niño se encuentra matriculado. La herramienta de evaluación del Portafolio TortugArte muestra  “lo que un niño sabe”, los niños se convierten en los guardianes de su propio trabajo. Además, ellos adelantan su propio aprendizaje y ayudan a sus profesores, padres y directores a comprender mejor la profundidad y amplitud de lo aprendido.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Portafolio TortugArte compromete a los niños en el proceso de reflexión sobre su propio trabajo (lo que hicieron, cómo lo hicieron y cuanto éxito tuvo su esfuerzo) a medida que crean una narrativa multimedia para mostrar a sus profesores, padres y compañeros lo que han aprendido. El Portafolio TortugArte se basa en la funcionalidad del diario de la plataforma de aprendizaje de Sugar, en la cual cada acción o actividad que el niño desarrolla en el aula se registra automáticamente en una carpeta: (1) Le permite al niño seleccionar importantes logros de aprendizaje, sea en lectura, redacción, aritmética, artes, música, educación física, historia o ciencias sociales, etc.  Los niños responden a preguntas, tales como “Escogí esta pieza porque...” (2) crear una presentación narrativa en multimedia a partir de sus elecciones (incluyendo audio, voz en off y video), lo cual refleja las múltiples formas en las cuales los niños aprenden; y (3) compartir su presentación con sus compañeros tanto para celebrar lo aprendido como para participar en un diálogo crítico sobre su trabajo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Portafolio TortugArte es innovador en tres formas: (1) se basa en un diario dónde se encuentran “todas” las actividades de aprendizaje que se recopilan de forma automática; (2) posee una programabilidad única, divertida y accesible, incluso para los niños más pequeños de educación primaria, así como interesante y atractiva para los niños de la media; y (3) posee herramientas únicas para colaborar en la construcción del portafolio y compartirlo con los demás.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los portafolios han demostrado ser “un medio poderoso para que los niños evalúen su propio trabajo, definan objetivos y se responsabilicen por su futuro aprendizaje”.  Sin embargo, la aplicabilidad de la evaluación del portafolio es limitada. El Portafolio TortugArte es un medio práctico y atractivo para usar los portafolios. Efectivamente, al estar basado en la acumulación automática del trabajo en el diario (incluyendo una “captura de pantalla” de su trabajo). este proceso puede incorporarse rápidamente en la rutina de clases. De este modo, la reflexión se convierte en la norma: A los niños se les motiva a que escriban en sus diarios (los niños pequeños graban notas en audio) por unos cuantos minutos *después* de cada clase. Asimismo, la pregunta “¿Qué fue lo que hiciste hoy en la escuela?” ya no necesita ser parte del diálogo entre padre e hijo. En vez de eso, el padre puede conversar con el niño sobre los instrumentos actuales.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extraer del diario se convierte en parte del proceso de evaluación de final de periodo. El proceso de contar su propia historia como actividad de aprendizaje requiere de mayor reflexión. En el “social del portafolio”, se invita a los padres a ver presentaciones y se les pregunta a los niños sobre su aprendizaje. Se escucha lo que el niño tiene que decir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El docente de aula puede añadir al portafolio diapositivas de evaluación adicionales sobre temas (tales como hábitos de trabajo y crecimiento personal) como parte de un archivo que acompaña al niño durante todos los grados. Asimismo, mediante la yuxtaposición, el niño y el docente pueden ver aquello que ha cambiado con el curso de los años, las tendencias y áreas de mejora. De igual modo, un portafolio de clases pueden implementarse como parte del proceso de evaluación del docente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Portafolio TortugArte ==&lt;br /&gt;
La inspiración (y bastante del código base) para el Portafolio TortugArte proviene de TortugArte. Se ha añadido un nuevo panel, Plantillas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAtemplates-es.svg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usted crea una diapositiva arrastrando una plantilla del panel e incluyéndole objetos del diario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAtp1.svg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TApicture.svg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al hacer clic en el icono del diario, se iniciará una búsqueda en el Diario que le permite seleccionar un objeto para importar (Hint: Use el filtro “Qué” del selector del Diario para seleccionar imágenes). Usted puede importar (casi) cualquier objeto del Diario. La imagen preliminar se usará junto con cualquier texto en el área de descripción del Diario.&lt;br /&gt;
El uso típico que se prevé es que se crearán tres grupos de programas para cada presentación:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Un grupo de diapositivas&lt;br /&gt;
2.Un grupo que decore la pantalla antes de presentar la diapositiva. &lt;br /&gt;
3.Un grupo de maneje la transición entre cada diapositiva, tal como esperar un número fijo de segundos o el ingreso del teclado (incluso puede programar que sus diapositivas avancen en base al sonido).&lt;br /&gt;
4.Se puede usar un bloque de sonido para ejecutar una narración con audio o una banda sonora en las diapositivas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAslide-stack.svg]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAdecoration-stack.svg]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAtransition-stack.svg]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAsound.svg]][[Image:TAsound-object.svg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;visualClear&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Opciones de la barra de herramientas==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAHidePalette.svg|thumb|left|Mostrar / Ocultar paletas]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAHideBlocks.svg|thumb|left|Mostrar / Ocultar bloques]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TARun.svg|thumb|left|Ejecutar un programa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAWalk.svg|thumb|left|Revisar su programa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAStop.svg|thumb|left|Detener el programa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAErase.svg|thumb|left|Borrar la pantalla]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAHTML.svg|thumb|left|Guardar la presentación en el Diario como documento HTML]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;visualClear&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Portafolio==&lt;br /&gt;
Se espera que algunos “proyectos” predefinidos puedan ser creados con el Portafolio TortugArte que representa diferentes plantillas de portafolio. Por ejemplo, una plantilla para contar una historia sobre su propia familia es adecuada para un estudiante de primer grado. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fuente==&lt;br /&gt;
Visite el siguiente link: http://git.sugarlabs.org/projects/taportfolio/repos/mainline/trees/master &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorial Rápido==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio1.png|thumb|left|Empiece por seleccionar una planilla de diapositiva del menú.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio2a.png|thumb|left|Haga clic en el icono del Diario para iniciar una búsqueda de contenido de diapositiva.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio3.png|thumb|left|Seleccionar un objeto del diario.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Journal1.png|thumb|left|Se usarán la presentación preliminar y la descripción.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio4.png|thumb|left|La miniatura de una imagen aparecerá en la plantilla.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio5.png|thumb|left|Haga clic en la plantilla para visualizar la diapositiva.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio6.png|thumb|left|Haga clic en la opción “Ocultar Bloques” que se encuentra en la barra de herramientas para ocultar cualquier bloque que esté cubriendo su diapositiva.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio7.png|thumb|left|Felicitaciones. Usted ha creado una diapositiva.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio8.png|thumb|left|Trate de usar algunas de las demás plantillas.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio10.png|thumb|left|Visualícelas haciendo clic en ellas (es posible que primero desee usar la opción Borrador)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio11.png|thumb|left|Usted puede programar una presentación de diapositivas sencilla haciendo lo siguiente: Limpie la pantalla; muestre la diapositiva 1; espere; limpie la pantalla; muestre la diapositiva 2.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio12.png|thumb|left|Usted también puede programar dispositivos para las decoraciones y transiciones de sus diapositivas.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio13.png|thumb|left|En este ejemplo, dibujamos una regla bajo el título de cada diapositiva y obtuvimos el ingreso del teclado a la transición entre diapositivas.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio14.png|thumb|left|Ejecute su presentación de diapositivas haciendo clic en la opción Ejecutar (imagen de conejo) que se encuentra en la barra de herramientas.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Portfolio15.png|thumb|left|En este ejemplo, usamos un micrófono para la transición entre diapositivas. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;visualClear&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Algunos enfoques nuevos para los operadores aritméticos.==&lt;br /&gt;
Los operadores aritméticos argumentan en vez de estar en línea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAplus.svg]] [[Image:TAminus.svg]] [[Image:TAproduct.svg]] [[Image:TAdivision.svg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;visualClear&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAgeometry.png|thumb|left|Calculando la hipotenusa y aproximación del ángulo de un triángulo recto.]] [[Image:TAgeometry1.png|thumb|left|Revisar paso a paso el programa es una buena manera de visualizar el proceso de aproximación.]] [[Image:TAgeometry2.png|thumb|left|El resultado final de la aproximación.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;visualClear&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sensores de paleta==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Consulta teclado: comprobar la entrada de teclado (los resultados se almacenan en el bloque de teclado)&lt;br /&gt;
* teclado : valor actual de la entrada de teclado (se puede utilizar en lugar de un número de bloque)&lt;br /&gt;
* Lectura de píxeles: impulsar el valor RGB del píxel bajo la tortuga en la FILO (azul es el primero, el rojo es el último)&lt;br /&gt;
* Tortuga ve: el &amp;quot;color de la paleta&amp;quot; del píxel en la tortuga&lt;br /&gt;
* Sonido: datos brutos que van desde el micrófono -32000 a 32000&lt;br /&gt;
* Volumen: desde 0 hasta 32000&lt;br /&gt;
* tono: la resolución es de +-8Hz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El OLPC XO puede medir los insumos externos, con su conector de micrófono:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Resistencia: rango de medición es de 750 a 14k ohmios, (OLPC XO1) y 2k ohmios a circuito abierto (XO1.5 OLPC)&lt;br /&gt;
* Tensión: rango de medición es DC 0.4V a 1.85V. (OLPC XO1) y 0.17V a 3.0V (OLPC XO1.5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ver [[Activities/TurtleArt/Uso_de_TortugaArte_Sensores]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===sensors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interviniendo la xo con Sensores- Ejemplo Odómetro o cuenta-kilómetros:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Bike odometer.png&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Intervenciones a la ceibalita a través de sus entradas de auriculares y micrófono, combinadas con bloques de código hechos en Tortuga y con el hecho de tratarse de una laptop realmente sólida, permiten diseñar dispositivos de ajuste de la laptop a la bicicleta y de cableado para experimentar con velocímetros, cuenta-kilómetros y otras formas de productos digitales para ciclistas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More ideas for sensors [[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/TurtleArt/Using_Turtle_Art_Sensors]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/TurtleArt/Uso_de_TortugaArte_Sensores]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Juegos==&lt;br /&gt;
TortugArte puede usarse para escribir juegos, tales como simples juegos de bloques descendentes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WeGotGame.png|300px]] [[Image:WeGotGame2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;visualClear&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Algunos de los pasos en falso en el desarrollo de la actividad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAPortfolioV1.png|thumb|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAPortfolioV2.png|thumb|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAToolbar.png|thumb|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:LCATalk.png|thumb|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAscreen1.png|thumb|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAscreen2.png|thumb|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAscreen3.png|thumb|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clapper.png|thumb|left|Pulse para avanzar a la siguiente diapositiva. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Keyboardinput.png|thumb|left|Escriba para avanzar a la siguiente diapositiva.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAlist.png|thumb|left|Primero pase en una lista.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:TAturtleWrite.png|thumb|left|Unas cuantas plantillas y bloques más.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;visualClear&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Uruguay_Summit_2011/lang-es&amp;diff=63194</id>
		<title>Uruguay Summit 2011/lang-es</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Uruguay_Summit_2011/lang-es&amp;diff=63194"/>
		<updated>2011-03-07T13:30:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: edición&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Edujam-logo-para-email.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Esta página es para planear el Uruguay Summit en Uruguay entre Mayo 5 y Mayo 7  del 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Propuesta sujeta a modificaciones&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Objetivos Principales ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Foco en desarrolladores&#039;&#039;&#039;. No nos desentendemos de los aspectos educacionales, pero como desarrolladores enfrentamos grandes desafíos específicos y este summit será una instancia de trabajo más que una de reflexión. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Trascender OLPC y Sugar&#039;&#039;&#039;. La comunidad de desarrolladores va más alla de OLPC y Sugar, y esta podría ser una oportunidad de acercarnos con &amp;quot;organizaciones no-olpc&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Foco en America del Sur&#039;&#039;&#039;. Traer cuantos desarrolladores sudamericanos podamos hacia Uruguay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A quién está dirigido ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Programadores de Sugar&lt;br /&gt;
* Programadores de SW libre educativo en general&lt;br /&gt;
* Equipos técnicos de deployments&lt;br /&gt;
* project managers&lt;br /&gt;
* artistas y productores de iconografías para software o comunidad&lt;br /&gt;
* testers&lt;br /&gt;
* traductores&lt;br /&gt;
* Docentes interesados en promover nexos entre los aspectos educativos y la comunidad de desarrolladores.&lt;br /&gt;
* Estudiantes y todo aquel que quiera participar activamente de esta comunidad abierta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Programa ==&lt;br /&gt;
Un primer borrador del evento (&#039;&#039;muy&#039;&#039; preliminar) sería como sigue:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jueves 5:&lt;br /&gt;
* 18:00 Apertura&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viernes 6:&lt;br /&gt;
* 9:00 Keynote speaker(s)&lt;br /&gt;
* 10:30 Talleres y charlas en 2 tracks &lt;br /&gt;
* 13:00 Almuerzo&lt;br /&gt;
* 14:00 Talleres y discusiones en 2 tracks: 1) Desarrollo de actividades en Sugar, y 2) [[Sugar Camp Q2 2011|Sugar future]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 19:00 Actividad social&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sábado 7:&lt;br /&gt;
* 9:00 Intercamvio entre Deployments&lt;br /&gt;
* 11:00 Unconference&lt;br /&gt;
* 13:00 Almuerzo&lt;br /&gt;
* 14:00 Unconference&lt;br /&gt;
* 18:00 Cierre&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comité de programa:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrés Ambrois&lt;br /&gt;
* Walter Bender&lt;br /&gt;
* Gabriel Eirea&lt;br /&gt;
* Pablo Flores&lt;br /&gt;
* Gonzalo Odiard&lt;br /&gt;
* Fernando Sansberro&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Pre-Summit &amp;quot;Conozco Uruguay&amp;quot; Tour de Exploración ==&lt;br /&gt;
Estamos organizando un set de actividades presenciales para aquellos que quieran saber más sobre la experiencia Uruguaya/Ceibal, incluye visitas a distintos puntos del país, encuentros con familias, maestros, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Estas se harán en los 5-6 días previos al Summit ( desde Sábado 30 de Abril al Jueves 5 de Mayo) para exploradores independientes abocados a investigaciones antropológicas vía paciente exploración, entrevistas, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 -- [[Conozco Uruguay Tour| Actividades Detalladas proximamente aca]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Assistentes ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Martín Abente&lt;br /&gt;
* Walter Bender&lt;br /&gt;
* Gabriel Eirea&lt;br /&gt;
* David Farning&lt;br /&gt;
* [[user:pflores|Pablo Flores]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[user:holt|Adam Holt]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Bernie Innocenti&lt;br /&gt;
* Anish Mangal&lt;br /&gt;
* Gonzalo Odiard&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:aa|Andrés Ambrois]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Posibles Asistentes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Aaron Borden&lt;br /&gt;
* Caryl Bigenho&lt;br /&gt;
* Cecilia Alcala&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris Ball&lt;br /&gt;
* Christoph Derndorfer&lt;br /&gt;
* CScott Ananian&lt;br /&gt;
* Daniel Drake&lt;br /&gt;
* Ed Bigenho&lt;br /&gt;
* Fernando Sansberro&lt;br /&gt;
* Harriet Vidyasagar&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Doiron&lt;br /&gt;
* Richard Smith&lt;br /&gt;
* Sameer Verma&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Sascha_silbe|Sascha Silbe]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Simon Schampijer&lt;br /&gt;
* SJ Klein&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alojamiento ==&lt;br /&gt;
Pronto pondremos información sobre posibles lugares para quedarse. Al mismo tiempo impulsaremos un programa de alojamiento voluntario, de forma que voluntarios uruguayos puedan recibir a alguno de los asitentes.  Más info pronto.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Registro ==&lt;br /&gt;
Pronto habrá detalles sobre cómo registrarse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recomendamos con énfasis, que reserven sus vuelos a Montevideo (MVD) hoy y que agreguen sus nombres a la lista abajo, pues luego los vuelos serán más caros.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Uruguay ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visas para US, Canada, Europa, Australia. [http://worldtravelguide.net/uruguay/passport-visa not required] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vuelos Directos a Montevideo (Carrasco Airport) desde:&lt;br /&gt;
* US: Miami&lt;br /&gt;
* Europa: Madrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mayoría de  Sud-América&lt;br /&gt;
* Escalas cercanas: Buenos Aires, Sao Paulo, Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
También hay lindos ferries que llegan de Buenos Aires: http://buquebus.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Una tasa de aeropuerto en el entorno de $30+ puede ser cobrada al dejar Uruguay si no estaba pre-paga con el boleto.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Información Turística: http://www.turismo.gub.uy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No olviden registrarse para  &amp;quot;Conozco Uruguay&amp;quot;, nuestro [[Tour Conozco Uruguay |pre-summit eduTRIP!]] (Sábado 30 de Abril - Jueves 5 de Mayo)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Turtle_Art/Uso_de_Tortuga_Arte_Sensores&amp;diff=61574</id>
		<title>Activities/Turtle Art/Uso de Tortuga Arte Sensores</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.sugarlabs.org/index.php?title=Activities/Turtle_Art/Uso_de_Tortuga_Arte_Sensores&amp;diff=61574"/>
		<updated>2011-02-08T21:35:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anisterra: /* Especificaciones */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Activities/TurtleArt/Using_Turtle_Art_Sensors English]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PRECAUCIÓN. APLICACIÓN DE LAS FUENTES DE ENERGÍA EXTERNA A LA ENTRADA DE MICRÓFONO LAPTOP XO PUEDE CAUSAR DAÑO PERMANENTE. NO TE OLVIDES DE LEER Y ENTENDER LO SIGUIENTE ANTES DE CONEXIÓN DE FUENTES DE ENERGÍA A SU COMPUTADORA PORTÁTIL. NO CONECTE A VOLTAJES PELIGROSOS &lt;br /&gt;
==Especificaciones==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El OLPC XO puede medir señales externas con su toma de micrófono.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Measure tut 1 24.jpg|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conector macho mono de 3,5 mm ; seleccionable 2V DC bias (desplazamiento), modo seleccionable de sensor de entrada (DC o AC acoplado); seleccionable +20 dB de ganancia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si se utiliza un conector estéreo es la punta (normalmente el cable rojo) además de la tierra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El XO1 está protegido en la entrada por un diodo zener de 5V. La entrada aceptable es de -0.5V a 5V. Las entradas fuera de este rango generan una corriente excesiva y daño. Incluso una pila de 1.5V puede causar daños si se conecta con la polaridad invertida. .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El XO1.5 está protegido por un resistor (1/16W 470 ohm SMD0402) y un par de diodos a tierra y a +3,3 V, que protegerían entre -6V a +9 V permanentes y voltajes más altos por períodos más cortos de tiempo. Una protección similar está prevista para el XO1.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para el XO1, la adición de una resistencia de 150k ohmios serie (Se supone, no se garantiza) daría una sensibilidad reducida en el modo de tensión (0-4V) pero permitiría entradas de +/- 100 V sin daño. Una tolerancia menor al daño en la impedancia de entrada, el volumen y la frecuencia,se daría si se coloca una resistencia serie de 1K ohm permitiendo entradas de +/-12V.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si se aplica una tensión externa a la XO1, es altamente recomendable que las puntas de prueba se hicieran con enchufe de micrófono y con una resistencia en serie incorporado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Audio 680 ohm.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resistencia de 680 ohmios en serie en un conector de audio de 3,5 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se puede ampliar el rango de seguridad de las puntas de prueba agregando un diodo zener y una resistencia en serie. Aplicable a la XO1.5 y la XO1.75&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El daño también puede ser causado por la aplicación de voltaje en las tierras de cualquiera de las tomas exteriores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modo de tensión==&lt;br /&gt;
===XO1===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gama de la medida es DC 0.4V a 1.85V. Tensiones menos de 0.4 V informe 0.4V, voltajes superiores a 1.85V informe 1.85V. La precisión es de alrededor de 3% de la escala completa. 140k ohmios de impedancia a un sesgo de 0.6V.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Voltage sensor.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===XO1.5===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.17V - 3.0V, impedancia de 15k ohmios a un sesgo de 1.7V.&lt;br /&gt;
==Modo de Resistencia==&lt;br /&gt;
===XO1===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gama de la medida es de 750 ohmios de 14k ohmios, resistencias a menos de 700 ohmios informe de 700 ohmios, mayor de 14k ohmios informe como 14k ohmios. La precisión es de alrededor de 5% con respecto a la tensión de fondo de escala medida a través de la resistencia, esto se traduce en alrededor de 50 ohmios en la escala inferior y 2k ohmios a escala superior. (Una serie de resistencia de protección alrededor de 700 ohmios daría un rango de medición de 0 -. 13k ohmios y la protección contra entradas +-8V)&lt;br /&gt;
===XO1.5===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2k ohmios a circuito abierto&lt;br /&gt;
==Modo de tono==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terreno de juego el modo está configurado para el micrófono interno, pero también se puede acceder a través del conector de micrófono, 2V diagonal de la CC está encendido, acoplado en AC, 20 dB de refuerzo está encendido. La frecuencia de la componente más fuerte se presenta en Hz. La resolución es de +-8Hz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Guitartuner es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un afinador de guitarra&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La resolución es de + 8 Hz,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Resolución = RATE/(max_samples * 4)&lt;br /&gt;
 donde:&lt;br /&gt;
 RATE = 48000   file audiograb.py&lt;br /&gt;
 self.max_samples = 1500  file talogo.py&lt;br /&gt;
 4 for i in range(4) in _get_pitch in talogo.py&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estos ajustes pueden ser editados ver [[Activity_Team/Modifying_an_Activity]] en Inglés&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modo de sonido==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los datos brutos que van XO1 + -32.000, -10.000 + XO1.5. La configuración es de CA acoplado, Blas de, alza en. La sensibilidad es 2uV por unidad o escala 16mV, por lo que la onda de seno de recorte en la ronda de grupos en 10mV RMS en el XO1. Para el XO1.5, la sensibilidad es de aproximadamente 8uV por unidad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Con el micrófono incorporado, el habla normal es de aproximadamente + -1.000 XO1 y + -200 XO1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
==Volumen Modo==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Que van desde 0 hasta 32.000 XO1, XO1.5 0 a 10.000, la configuración es para el micrófono, CA acoplado, Blas de, alza en. El volumen es la media de la rectificación de sonido, es decir. volumen = medio (abs (sonido))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idea: se puede representar gráficamente la escala de 24 horas de sonido en un pasillo de la escuela o al lado de una carretera muy transitada&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Representación gráfica de la salida==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Turtleoscilloscope es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuente archivo como documento de archivo: [[File:Oscillo.doc]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Medición de Temperatura==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Para obtener instrucciones sobre el uso del sensor LM35, vea http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Making_XO_sensors/Making_a_Temperature_Sensor y http://www.reducativa.com/xo/man-sis-sensoresdetemperatura.pdf - en español)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ntc thermistor.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conecte el termistor TDC05C247, especificaciones:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    * NTC (coeficiente de temperatura negativo) Termistor&lt;br /&gt;
    * Rango de temperatura: -20 ~ 125 centígrados centígrados&lt;br /&gt;
    * Máxima potencia: 500 mW&lt;br /&gt;
    * Resistencia nominal a 25 grados Celsius 4.7K ohmios&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Izquierda, la resistencia se representó frente a la temperatura y la mejor curva de ajuste calculado. El derecho de los bloques de la conversión de la resistencia a la temperatura C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ntc thermistor calibration.jpg]]   [[File:Python function thermistor.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enseñanza ideas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    * Medir la resistencia y la temperatura con un termómetro&lt;br /&gt;
    * Construir su propia función de calibración&lt;br /&gt;
    * Decaimiento exponencial&lt;br /&gt;
    * La temperatura diurna&lt;br /&gt;
    * Calor de la reacción, el ácido débil y base&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===24 horas la temperatura===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El siguiente proyecto de captura Turtle Art y gráficos de temperatura 24 horas. Es posible que necesite configurar su zona horaria y la gestión de energía desactivar en &#039;Mi Configuración&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:24hrtemp es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Archivo: Oscilo diariamente proyecto [[File:Oscillo_daily_temp.doc]] como doc (cambiar el nombre de ta fuera de contenido de azúcar o copiar a un proyecto de asistencia técnica.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Logged temperature.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Medición de la Humedad del Suelo==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dos sondas en el suelo medido en el modo de resistencia. Sólo unos pocos cm de cable están obligados a poner suelo en el rango de resistencia de la XO1, 700 ohmios de 14k ohmios (XO1.5 2k ohmios a circuito abierto).&lt;br /&gt;
==Medición de la salinidad del agua==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coloquen dos alambres de cobre en un vaso de agua. Prueben su propia agua y grosor de alambre, yo obtuve la medida de 5k ohmios usando en agua de tanque 12 cm de alambre. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Conductivity rainwater.jpg|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usando el software para gráficar mostrado antes, pero fijando la y de la tortuga en resistance/50 para escalar la pantalla, se tendrá que a cada 100 unidades de la escala vertical se corresponderán con 5000 ohmios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Conductivity rainwater graph.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El gráfico muestra primero un circuito desconectado (14k ohmios) y entonces el circuito se conecta. Se nota cómo la resistencia se eleva lentamente. En la mitad de la pantalla se nota cuando se invierten los terminales, se ve que la caída brusca y el aumento gradual son más pronunciados que antes. ¿Por qué sucede esto? Se ve también como los productos de la electrólisis (burbujas microscópicas de hidrógeno y oxígeno en caso de agua pura) se acumulan cerca de los electrodos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Conductivity salt water.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pequeñas cantidades de sal se añaden al agua, se ve como cae la resistencia de 5k ohmios a 2k ohmios. La sal fue añadida en dos ocasiones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==La generación de electricidad a partir de un cambio de campo magnético==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Requiere un imán de heladera, de los que se distribuyen gratuitamente con publicidades adheridas a él.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enrollen 50 vueltas de alambre aislado sobre un clavo y conecten los dos extremos a un plug de audio, como se muestra en la figura, (si es un plug estéreo, probablemente al cable rojo y al escudo de cobre). Enchufen el plug de audio en la entrada del micrófono. Grafiquen el bloque de sonido o volumen. Funciona mejor en la XO1 que en la XO1.5 porque es más sensible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Copper wire on nail.jpg.JPG]]   [[File:Fridge magnet.jpg|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    * Raspen rápido con la punta del clavo la parte posterior del imán de heladera, prueben en ambas direcciones.&lt;br /&gt;
   * Prueben con un número diferente de vueltas de alambre.&lt;br /&gt;
   * Traten de mover el clavo más lentamente ¿Qué pasa?&lt;br /&gt;
   * ¿Qué está pasando?&lt;br /&gt;
   * ¿Por qué funciona mejor sobre un eje del imán? (Pista: froten dos imanes juntos)&lt;br /&gt;
   * Gráfiquen el pitch. Expliquen el resultado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Micrófono de carbono==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Carbon mic es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Requerido:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    * Carbón&lt;br /&gt;
    * Papel de aluminio&lt;br /&gt;
    * Tapa de plástico&lt;br /&gt;
    * Alambre&lt;br /&gt;
    * Banda de goma&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Carbon microphone materials.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Machacar el carbón de leña a un polvo fino. Hacer un agujero en el centro de la tapa. Franja de una pequeña cantidad de aislante del cable, pasar el cable por el agujero. A continuación, coloque un pedazo de papel contra el alambre. Llene la tapa con carbón triturado. Coloque papel de aluminio sobre el carbón y seguro con una banda elástica. Conecte un cable de este papel de aluminio. Trate de obtener el papel de bajo tensión.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Complete microphone.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimente con la finura del carbón machacado y la tensión en el papel de aluminio. Cuanto más aplastado el carbón de leña es, menor será la resistencia. Con el objetivo XO1, para una resistencia de alrededor de 3k ohm y para el XO1, definitivamente 700 ohmios de resistencia &amp;lt;&amp;lt;14k ohmios. (XO1.5 2kohms circuito &amp;lt;&amp;lt;resistencia abierta).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gráfico de la resistencia, presionando sobre el papel de los cambios de la resistencia. Se han construido un sensor de presión. También puede sentir la presión del aire. Se han construido un micrófono. Cambiar a la detección de sonido. En mi primer intento he podido aplaudir sentido.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batería de limón==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ver http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lemon_battery&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Lemon battery.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Con un alambre de cobre y clavos galvanizados, la tensión medida es 0.93V, cómodamente dentro del rango de medición de la computadora portátil XO1. El ordenador portátil de carga insignificante en el voltaje de circuito abierto en el XO1. Con alambre de cobre y un clavo ungalvanised la tensión se 0.49V.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La resistencia interna de la batería de limón es de alrededor de 10k ohmios, la impedancia de entrada de la XO1.5 de 15k ohmios introduce un error considerable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimente con diferentes materiales. Trate de células de limón en serie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==campana de puerta / alarma antirrobos==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los visitantes tocar los dos cables juntos para que suene el timbre de la puerta. Por otra parte, organizar dos cables para tocar como su puerta se abre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Éstos son los bloques de la tortuga:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Doorbell es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Bloque de código Python [[File:Pythoncodeblock.jpg]] se usan para hacer sonar una alarma en sus altavoces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usted tiene que escribir lo siguiente en Pippy y guardar en el Diario. Escriba exactamente como se muestra, los guiones en las últimas tres líneas son importantes, para los personajes &#039;l-1&#039; la primera es un &#039;el&#039; y el segundo un &amp;quot;uno&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Doorbell python.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luego, en Turtle Art, cargar el código Pippy [[File:TAPippyButton.svg|30px]] en el Bloque de código Python [[File:Pythoncodeblock.jpg|50px]], a continuación, ejecute el programa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dos tonos de alarma&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Utilice los siguientes bloques de tortuga y el código Pippy de una alarma de trinos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2tonebell es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2tone python.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cómo funciona: los 1000 y 1100 bloques son de entrada x en el código Python. La opción-f en el altavoz de la prueba es la frecuencia, {0} se reemplaza por x que a su vez es reemplazado por 1000 o 1100 para los altavoces de la prueba se envía o-f-f 1000 o 1100 dando frecuencias de 1000 Hz o 1100 Hz .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Medición de amperios de corriente alterna ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Current_transformer transformador de corriente] de bajo costo se puede construir para medir amperios de corriente alterna.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
50 vueltas de alambre de cobre aislado, se envuelven en una barra de hierro dulce. eje roscado, tuercas y otra barra de completar el circuito magnético.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Current transformer1.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reunidos, con el calor rojo opcional del encogimiento. La corriente en el cable negro se mide. Las 50 vueltas de alambre fino conectarse a la XO1 en el volumen modo. El máximo es de 15 amperios de CA antes de la saturación de la forma de onda de CA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Current transformer2.jpg|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para cambiar la sensibilidad, variar el número de vueltas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Current transformer sensitivity.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Volumen medido sobre XO1, 50 vueltas de alambre.&lt;br /&gt;
===Medida de la potencia===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NO CONECTE a la red eléctrica. NO TRABAJO CERCA DE EXPOSICIÓN CONEXIONES ELECTRICAS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Potencia = AC voltios x amperios de CA Factor x de energía&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En los circuitos de corriente, el voltaje es generalmente conocida. Por lo general, el factor de potencia es de 0,8 o 1,0 en función de la carga eléctrica.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.google.com/present/view?id=df7px97w_54fs9nh9fj ideas para lecciones] (Español)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Medición de amperios de corriente directa ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NO CONECTE A TENSIONES PELIGROSAS. LAS LAPTOPS PUEDEN SER DAÑADOS POR EXCESO DE VOLTAJE O RETROCESO EN CUALQUIERA DE LA TOMA DEL MICROFONO O TOMA DE CORRIENTE Y POR EXCESO DE CORRIENTES ENTRE LOS MOTIVOS DE CUALQUIERA DE LOS VASOS &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La corriente que fluye en un circuito de corriente continua se puede medir por medir el voltaje a través de una resistencia en serie. El valor de la resistencia se seleccionará de forma que la tensión a través de ella se encuentra dentro del rango de medición de la XO (0.4-1.8V XO1, XO1.5 0.17V-3.0V) y lo más baja posible compatible con la de reducir al mínimo las influencias en el circuito de medida .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se muestra a continuación, un XO1.5 es la medición de la corriente de carga de CC de un XO1.0. La tensión se mide a través de una resistencia de 0,8 ohmios en serie. El cable de audio de un ordenador portátil tiene una resistencia en serie incorporado 680 ohmios para proteger contra la tensión excesiva. (Aunque el cable de alimentación de la computadora portátil más había un diodo en serie incorporado para proteger contra la tensión inversa, más tarde la información muestra que esto no era necesaria ya que la entrada de energía XO tiene un grado máximo absoluto de -30V a +40 V).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Este circuito no se puede utilizar para una computadora portátil a sí mismo monitor, porque el terreno debe estar a dos puntos diferentes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dccurrent es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La computadora portátil fue acusado de un estado totalmente descargada mientras estaba apagado. El voltaje suministrado a la computadora portátil sólo (11,46 -0,7) V debido a las pérdidas en la resistencia de medición de corriente y el diodo de protección. La parcela tiene una escala de 0.5V/square / 0,8 ohmios = 0.625 amperios / plaza y los segundos 1.200 / plaza o 20 minutos por metro cuadrado. La carga completa tuvo 156 minutos a 0.775 amperios. La tensión mínima de la XO1.5 puede medir es 0.17V correspondiente a 0,21 amperios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Charge_current.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turtle Art proyecto como doc [[File:Oscillo current.doc]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Importación de datos registrados en otras actividades ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Guardar los datos registrados en el portapapeles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los datos registrados pueden ser empujados hacia el montón, a continuación, al iniciar la sesión ha terminado, el contenido de la pila se puede colocar en el portapapeles para su uso en otras actividades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copie el siguiente código en Pippy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    def myblock(lc, x):&lt;br /&gt;
    from gtk import Clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
    from tautils import data_to_string&lt;br /&gt;
    Clipboard().set_text(data_to_string(lc.heap))&lt;br /&gt;
    return&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guardar en la revista, a continuación, en Turtle Art, cargar el código Pippy [[File:TAPippyButton.svg|20px]] en el Bloque de código Python [[File:Pythoncodeblock.jpg|20px]]. Cuando el Bloque de código Python se ejecuta, el contenido de la pila se colocan en el portapapeles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ejemplo, las temperaturas de la importación en la hoja de cálculo Gnumeric===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Por ejemplo, las temperaturas se registran y luego se copia en el portapapeles. Esto se basa en la medición con un termistor y el XO1 anteriormente. En primer lugar la carga [[File:TAPippyButton.svg|20px]] código Pippy. La temperatura se mide y se empuja a la pila, entonces un retraso de 5 segundos. Esto se repite 20 veces. A continuación, el contenido de la pila se copian en el portapapeles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Temptoclip es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleArt se puede ejecutar en Gnome en la XO. Los datos se pega a una hoja de cálculo Gnumeric. Los datos se convierten en las columnas de texto (en el menú de datos), el principal &#039;[&#039; y posterior &#039;]&#039; se eliminan de forma manual, los datos se representa gráficamente. (Desafortunadamente, en la XO, datos, textos en columnas cuadros de diálogo están fuera de la pantalla, f alt alt cambio f ficha cambio ficha ficha de cambio permiten la conversión de datos separados por comas).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sensor imported gnumeric.JPG|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los datos de temperatura importados en la hoja de cálculo Gnumeric&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conservación de los datos registrados en el Diario===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El código siguiente [[File:Saveheaptojournal.doc]] en el bloque de código Python se ahorrará el montón como un archivo de texto llamado &#039;pila&#039; en el Diario. &amp;quot;Pila&amp;quot; El archivo se puede abrir con escribir o editar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 def myblock(lc, x):&lt;br /&gt;
    from tautils import get_path, data_to_file&lt;br /&gt;
    from sugar.activity import activity&lt;br /&gt;
    from gettext import gettext as _&lt;br /&gt;
    import os.path&lt;br /&gt;
    from sugar.datastore import datastore&lt;br /&gt;
    from sugar import profile&lt;br /&gt;
    # Save the heap to a file (JSON-encoded)&lt;br /&gt;
    heap_file = os.path.join(get_path(activity, &#039;instance&#039;), &#039;heap.txt&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
    data_to_file(lc.heap, heap_file)&lt;br /&gt;
    # Create a datastore object&lt;br /&gt;
    dsobject = datastore.create()&lt;br /&gt;
    # Write any metadata (specifically set the title of the file&lt;br /&gt;
    #                     and specify that this is a plain text file).&lt;br /&gt;
    dsobject.metadata[&#039;title&#039;] = _(&#039;heap&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
    dsobject.metadata[&#039;icon-color&#039;] = profile.get_color().to_string()&lt;br /&gt;
    dsobject.metadata[&#039;mime_type&#039;] = &#039;text/plain&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
    dsobject.set_file_path(heap_file)&lt;br /&gt;
    datastore.write(dsobject)&lt;br /&gt;
    dsobject.destroy()&lt;br /&gt;
    return&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inicio de sesión a intervalos regulares==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La siguiente toma lecturas a intervalos regulares, en este caso 10 segundos y lleva el resultado a la pila. Por ejemplo, el uso de diarios de temperatura, luz, energía, el ruido. Tomando lecturas cada hora, cada hora, etc trimestre&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Logregular es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Aceleración en un plano inclinado==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ballonplane.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El portátil XO se puede utilizar para hacer experimentos sobre el movimiento, rodando una bola por una rampa. El XO1.5 es más rápido y más adecuado para ello. interruptores de sensor de bajo costo puede ser de papel de aluminio. Los interruptores son 5 cm de ancho para proporcionar un tiempo &#039;on&#039;, que es lo suficientemente largo para medir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Acceleration setup.jpg]]  [[File:Foil sensor switch.jpg|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La tasa de registro se puede aumentar (Tortuga Blocks104) por uno de los archivos de parches Turtle Art, talogo.py en la home/olpc/Activities/TurtleArt.activity/TurtleArt self.max_samples  cambio de 1500 a 150, esto reduce el bucle de repetición de 12 mS a 4 ms, pero hay alrededor de 50mS inquietud. Registro de Datos se puede hacer sin un parche en el archivo, usando los interruptores de ancho y poco profundo rampas mantiene los acontecimientos dentro de la capacidad de la computadora portátil XO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A continuación se muestra un osciloscopio triggerable con base de tiempo calibrada. Acción 1 borra la pantalla y señala a la escala, el programa espera en acción 2 hasta que se desencadenan por el primer interruptor. La gráfica a continuación, se inicia, el tiempo () en cuestión de segundos se multiplica por 500 para establecer la posición horizontal para 500 unidades de pantalla o plazas 5 es igual a un segundo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sstriggerable es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Singleshottriggerableoscilloscope.doc]] TurtleArt proyecto como documento&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interruptores fueron puestos a 20cm, 60cm, 100cm, 140cm, 180cm y a lo largo de una rampa de 180 cm de longitud y 25 cm de altura.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los datos del osciloscopio se muestra a continuación, cada cuadrado es de aproximadamente 200 ms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Accel oscilloscope.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El partido entre la teoría y experimento se muestra a continuación. Tenga en cuenta, la matemática de una bola rodante no es simple, la energía potencial se convierte en energía cinética de traslación, Kt y la energía cinética de rotación, Kr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mgh = Kt + Kr = 1 / 2 ^ mv 2 + 1 / 2 ^ Iw 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para una esfera sólida, Kt / Kr = 2.5 (véase [http://cnx.org/content/m14391/latest/ Work and energy in rolling motion] or [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_moments_of_inertia Wikipedia])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Acceleration.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Acceleration.ods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un experimento simple es acelerar una bola por una rampa curva, medir la velocidad de salida horizontal con dos interruptores y predecir la posición de aterrizaje, como se muestra a continuación. La rampa es preferentemente curvas, para que la bola no rebota cuando golpea los interruptores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Falling ball.jpg]]   [[File:Parabola fall.JPG|250px]]  [[File:Parabola timing.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
h = 1 / 2 g t ^ 2&lt;br /&gt;
t = sqrt (2 h / g)&lt;br /&gt;
distancia horizontal = vt = v x sqrt (2 h / g)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En este caso, cambie el espaciado h es de 0,5 m, = 0,6 m, el tiempo de 1,9 plazas @ 200 ms por metro cuadrado, g = 9,8 y la distancia horizontal fue 0,4 m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
v = distancia x sqrt (2 h / g)&lt;br /&gt;
X = 0.5/0.38 sqrt (2x 0.6/9.8)&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.46m (mide 0,4 m)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Luz resistencia dependiente (LDR) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El ORP12 es un &#039;clásico&#039; fotocélula de sulfuro de cadmio. Las pruebas se realizaron en un LDR que es &amp;quot;similar a Philips ORP12 &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ldr.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.jaycar.com.au/productView.asp?ID=RD3480&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XOandPcell.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para esta celda, la calibración se Lux = 3 * 10 ^ 8 * (R ^ -1.5034)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ldr calibration.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para el XO1 (700 ohmios-14k ohmios) el rango es de 170 lux a 15000 lux (luz brillante artificial para su casa cubierto al aire libre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para el XO1.5 (2k ohmios - circuito abierto), el intervalo es de 2 a 4000 Lux Lux (iluminación casera tenue luz artificial en interiores).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:24hlux es.jpg]]  [[File:24hrlux.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turtle Art proyecto como documento de archivo: Tortuga lux.doc Arte&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Panel fotovoltaico ==&lt;br /&gt;
SE RECOMIENDA QUE UNA RESISTENCIA DE PROTECCIÓN DE LA SERIE SER INCORPORADO EN EL CABLE DE AUDIO Y LLEVA EL CASO DE USAR UNA TENSIÓN EXTERNA &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Que se muestra es la célula solar de la S250 LUZ D. [http://www.dlightdesign.com/products_D.LIGHT_S250_global.php]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuenta con una célula solar de 6V, la conexión externa es-ve y lo interno + ve&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Photovoltaic.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un divisor de tensión es necesaria para ponerla en el rango de la XO1 0.4V a 1.85V (XO1.5 0,17 a 3,0). Con los valores indicados, la sensibilidad se reduce&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1k / (1k + 2,7 k) = 1/3.7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dando un máximo de 6.8V o 11.1V XO1 XO1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PV voltagedivider.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Constante de tiempo RC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SE RECOMIENDA QUE UNA RESISTENCIA DE PROTECCIÓN DE LA SERIE SER INCORPORADO EN EL CABLE DE AUDIO Y LLEVA EL CASO DE USAR UNA TENSIÓN EXTERNA &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rc cct.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El tiempo teórico constante de una resistencia en paralelo / condensador&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T = RC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T en segundos, R en ohmios y C en faradios&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trigger rc es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turtle Art proyecto como doc [[File:Oscillo_with_trigger_1rc.doc]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La parcela a continuación fue elaborado por Turtle Art (líneas de negro y las anotaciones se añadieron más tarde). C fue 4uF, la carga proporcionada por el XO es del orden de 100 k ohmios. En las dos parcelas, Rx se 100k ohmios y circuito abierto. La resistencia calculada del XO1 es&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R = T / C&lt;br /&gt;
= 0,32 / (4x10 ^ -6) = 80k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
y la resistencia en paralelo de 100k y la XO1 se estima en&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R = T / C&lt;br /&gt;
= 0,14 / (4x10 ^ -6) = 35k&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rc-time.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Este Turtle Art proyecto [[File:Turtle Art Activityrcpushstack.doc]] (.. Como doc, cambie el nombre de doc a ta en Windows o Linux o abierto como doc y pegar en un Turtle Art º) gráficos y también escribe la hora y los valores de tensión a la pantalla .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:RCprint values.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Este proyecto también se copia la hora y los valores de tensión en el portapapeles si el copy_from_heap.py Pippy ejemplo de código se copia en el Diario [[File:TAPippyButton.svg]] y se cargue en el Diario en el Bloque de código Python [[File:Pythoncodeblock.jpg]] (haga clic en el bloque de código) . Se muestra a continuación, la hora y los valores de tensión se pegan en una sesión de escritura.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:RC_data_to_clip.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== La XO como un amplificador de audio ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turtle Art no es necesario. El siguiente comando en Terminal ico.jpegpasses los datos de la toma de micrófono al altavoz. Puede que tenga que desactivar la administración de energía.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 arecord | aplay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es posible que desee ajustar la configuración después de la lectura arecord - ayuda y aplay - ayuda&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Por ejemplo, amplificar la salida de una radio de cristal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:XO crystalradio.jpg]] [[File:Xtalradioschematic.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Esto funcionó mejor en el XO1.5, presumiblemente debido a su velocidad de procesamiento superior. Los auriculares no están conectados, en lugar de un 0.1uF condensador está conectado entre la salida de la radio y la entrada de XO para aislar el diodo detector de sesgo de la XO CC. La teoría predice que una resistencia a tierra sería necesario en la salida de radio, pero la práctica indica lo contrario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usted puede construir la mayor parte de la radio de cristal a partir de materias comunes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Inductor.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El inductor circuito sintonizado, 75 vueltas de cable aislado en un núcleo de papel higiénico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Capacitor.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El circuito de condensador de sintonía, dos hojas de papel de aluminio de aproximadamente 10cm x 10cm sentado débilmente y separadas por film transparente dio una frecuencia de resonancia de aproximadamente 1 MHz con el inductor más arriba.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El condensador de 0.1uF se puede hacer de la misma manera, el condensador de ajuste se calcula en 100pF (10 ^ -10 F) cuando se sienta floja. El acoplamiento de condensadores necesaria es del orden de 0.1uF (10 ^ -7 M). Firmemente rodar las capas reduce la separación de las placas y un condensador de acoplamiento viable hizo bien rodando sólo 10cm x 10cm placas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El diodo sigue siendo necesaria. diodo El gato original bigote se hizo con los cristales de galena. [[3]] Otros materiales son pirita de hierro (&amp;quot;Fool&#039;s Gold&amp;quot;, disulfuro de hierro), el silicio, (MoS2) molibdenita, y el carburo de silicio (carburo de silicio, carburo de silicio). También es posible utilizar una hoja de afeitar oxidadas (óxido de hierro).&lt;br /&gt;
== FSK Teletipo ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enviar el texto de una XO a otra, codificada en forma de ondas de sonido&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Bloque de código Python Pythoncodeblock.jpg se utiliza para que emita un tono en el altavoz, el tono se identifica la tecla pulsada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usted tiene que escribir lo siguiente en Pippy y guardar en el Diario. Escriba exactamente como se muestra, los guiones en las últimas tres líneas son importantes, para los personajes &#039;l-1&#039; la primera es un &#039;el&#039; y el segundo un &amp;quot;uno&amp;quot;. Haga clic en el bloque de Python para cargar el código.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2tone python.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fsksend es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El remitente&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fskreceive es.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El receptor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
desafíos adicionales&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    * Mostrar una línea de texto recibidos&lt;br /&gt;
    * Deshacerse de error - chr () arg no está en el (256) producido por el paso de los sonidos de alta&lt;br /&gt;
    * Utilizar una clave, tales como ESC o ENTRAR para borrar la línea&lt;br /&gt;
    * Codificarlo como serie de datos binarios&lt;br /&gt;
    * Agregar una suma de comprobación&lt;br /&gt;
    * Dos vías de comunicación&lt;br /&gt;
    * Cifrado&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enlaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    * http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Hardware_specification&lt;br /&gt;
    * http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Talk:Measure&lt;br /&gt;
    * http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Measure/Hardware&lt;br /&gt;
    * http://bugs.sugarlabs.org/attachment/ticket/552/sensor%20gain.xls &lt;br /&gt;
    * http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Making_XO_sensors &lt;br /&gt;
    * http://lists.laptop.org/pipermail/devel/2010-November/date.html&lt;br /&gt;
    * http://wiki.laptop.org/go/File:Ext_audio_1.5.png&lt;br /&gt;
    * http://sites.google.com/site/solymar1fisica/fisica-con-xo-investigacion- (en español)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anisterra</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>